Your email was sent successfully. Check your inbox.

An error occurred while sending the email. Please try again.

Proceed reservation?

Export
Filter
  • BSZ  (235)
  • Dordrecht : Springer  (210)
  • New York, NY : Springer New York  (25)
  • Education  (126)
  • Humanities  (110)
Datasource
Material
Language
  • 1
    ISBN: 9789401795173
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIII, 309 p. 78 illus., 69 illus. in color, online resource)
    Edition: 1st ed. 2015
    Series Statement: Mathematics Education in the Digital Era 4
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Digital games and mathematics learning
    Keywords: Educational technology ; Mathematics Study and teaching ; Education ; Education ; Education Data processing ; Educational technology ; Mathematics Study and teaching
    Abstract: Digital games offer enormous potential for learning and engagement in mathematics ideas and processes. This volume offers multidisciplinary perspectives-of educators, cognitive scientists, psychologists and sociologists-on how digital games influence the social activities and mathematical ideas of learners/gamers. Contributing authors identify opportunities for broadening current understandings of how mathematical ideas are fostered (and embedded) within digital game environments. In particular, the volume advocates for new and different ways of thinking about mathematics in our digital age-proposing that these mathematical ideas and numeracy practices are distinct from new literacies or multiliteracies. The authors acknowledge that the promise of digital games has not always been realised/fulfilled. There is emerging, and considerable, evidence to suggest that traditional discipline boundaries restrict opportunities for mathematical learning. Throughout the book, what constitutes mathematics learnings and pedagogy is contested. Multidisciplinary viewpoints are used to describe and understand the potential of digital games for learning mathematics and identify current tensions within the field. Mathematics learning is defined as being about problem solving; engagement in mathematical ideas and processes; and social engagement. The artefact, which is the game, shapes the ways in which the gamers engage with the social activity of gaming. In parallel, the book (as a t extual artefact) will be supported by Springer’s online platform-allowing for video and digital communication (including links to relevant websites) to be used as supplementary material and establish a dynamic communication space
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Digital Games and Learning: What’s New Is Already Old? Tom Lowrie and Robyn Jorgensen(Zevenbergen) (Australia)2. Mathematics and Non-School Gameplay. Antri Avraamidou, John Monaghan and Aisha Walker (United Kingdom) -- 3. Integration of Digital Games in Learning and e-Learning Environments: Connecting Experiences and Context. Begoña Gros (Spain) -- 4. The Construction of Electronic Games as an Environment for Mathematics Education. Rodrigo Dalla Vecchia, Marcus V. Maltempi and Marcelo C. Borba (Brazil) -- 5. Digital Games, Mathematics and Visuospatial Reasoning. Tom Lowrie (Australia) -- 6. Digital Games and Equity: Implications for Issues of Social Class and Rurality. Robyn Jorgensen(Zevenbergen) (Australia) -- 7. Multimodal Literacy, Digital Games and Curriculum. Catherine Beavis (Australia) -- 8. Apples and Coconuts: Young Children ‘Kinect-ing’ with Mathematics and Sesame Street. Meagan Rothschild and Caroline C. Williams (United States) -- 9. SAPS and Digital Games: Improving Mathematics Transfer and Attitudes in Schools. Richard N. Van Eck (United States) -- 10. Mathematics and Educational Psychology: Construction of Learning Environments. Cesare Fregola (Italy) -- 11. Serious Games and Gaming. Terry Bossomaier (Australia) -- 12. Apps: Appropriate, Applicable and Appealing? Nigel Calder (New Zealand) -- 13. “An App! An App! My Kingdom for an App”: An 18 Month Quest t o Determine Whether Apps Support Mathematical Knowledge Building. Kevin Larkin (Australia) -- 14. Digital Games and Mathematics Learning: The State of Play. Tracy Logan and Kim Woodland (Australia).  .
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 2
    ISBN: 9789401799034
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (vii, 173 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: Landscape series volume 19
    Series Statement: Landscape series
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Ruptured landscapes
    DDC: 577
    RVK:
    Keywords: Anthropology ; Geography ; Humanities ; Landscape ecology ; Regional planning ; Landschaft ; Wahrnehmung ; Soziokultureller Wandel
    Abstract: This volume breaks new ground in the study of landscapes, both rural and urban. The innovative notion of this landscape collection is rupture. The book explores the ways in which societal, economic and cultural changes are transforming the meanings and understandings of landscapes. The text explores both how landscapes are contesting changes in society and changing society. The volume combines empirically fine-grained accounts of landscape rupture, from different parts of the world, with a sustained effort to explore, rethink and analytically extend the concept of rupture itself. The book therefore combines fresh empirical data with innovative theoretical approaches to open understanding of landscape as a dynamic, living entity subject to abrupt change and unpredictable disruptions. Through this dual reflection the volume is able to provide a powerful demonstration of the possibilities that are available for human action, social change and material landscape to combine.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 3
    ISBN: 9781461464952
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIII, 264 p. 28 illus., 17 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Miwa, Makiko Quality assurance in LIS education
    Keywords: Information systems ; Education ; Education ; Information systems
    Abstract: This book reviews and examines the quality assurance systems of Library and Information Science (LIS) education in a variety countries and regions, including Asia, North America, Latin America and Europe. Globalization of education has caused the number of LIS professionals working in every region of the world to increase greatly. In order to be qualified as an LIS professional worldwide as well as in a local area, it is imperative that there exists a global standard of quality assurance systems for LIS practitioners. This book provides such a standard and ranks specific systems and educational programs worldwide. With contributions from leading researchers and scholars in a variety of regions across the globe, this book will prove an invaluable resource for professionals and educators of LIS education
    Description / Table of Contents: Part I:  Background of the Quality Assurance in the LIS FieldGlobaLIS: Toward the Regional Cooperation in the Education of Library and Information Professionals in the Asia-Pacific Region.- Regional Quality Assurance System for Higher Education in Southeast Asia.- International Developments in School Library Studies: A Report on the School Library Initiatives for Asia & Pacific (SLAP) Forum.- Part II.  Country Report: LIS Education and Quality Assurance System in Asia-Pacific.- Is the GALÁPAGOS Phenomenon Over? : Second Consideration of Japanese LIS Education in the International Setting.- Qualitatively maintaining library and information science education in China -- LIS Education and Quality Assurance System in Asia-Pacific: Taiwan -- LIS Education and Quality Assurance System in Asia-Pacific: Malaysia -- LIS Education: Quality Assurance System in the Philippines -- LIS Education and Quality Assurance System in Asia-Pacific Region Thailand: Recent trends and issues -- LIS Education and Quality Assurance System in Asia Pacific: Indonesia -- Part III. Regional Quality Assurance System of LIS Education -- Current Trends of Quality Assurance Models in LIS Education -- Accreditation in North America, A unique Quality Assurance Program -- Accreditation Processes in Latin America: AN Exploration into the Cases of Library and Information Science (LIS) Programs in Mexico, Colombia, and COSTA RICA -- The Diversity of LIS Programs in Southeast Asia -- Regional Quality Assurance System: Gulf Cooperation Council (GCC) Member Nations in Middle East.
    Note: Includes index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 4
    ISBN: 9789401794428
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIII, 372 p. 4 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: Contributions To Phenomenology, In Cooperation with The Center for Advanced Research in Phenomenology 74
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Horizons of authenticity in phenomenology, existentialism, and moral psychology
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Phenomenology ; Humanities ; Consciousness ; Philosophy ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Phänomenologie ; Existenzialismus ; Existenzphilosophie ; Authentizität ; Ethik ; Moralpsychologie
    Abstract: This volume centers on the exploration of the ways in which the canonical texts and thinkers of the phenomenological and existential tradition can be utilized to address contemporary, concrete philosophical issues. In particular, the included essays address the key facets of the work of Charles Guignon, and as such, honor and extend his thought and approach to philosophy. To this end, the four main sections of the volume deal with the question of authenticity, i.e. what it means to be an authentic person, the ways in which the phenomenological and existential traditions can impact the sciences, how best to understand the fact of human mortality, and, finally, the ways philosophical reflection can help address current questions of value. The volume is designed primarily to serve as a secondary resource for students and specialists interested in rediscovering the practical application of existential and phenomenological thought. The collection of scholarly essays, then, could be used in conjunction with some of the more recent scholarship concerning the practical value of philosophy. Along with contributing to previous scholarship, the essays in this proposed volume attempt to update and expand the scope of phenomenological and existential inquiry
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 5
    ISBN: 9789401793704
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIX, 213 p. 13 illus., 11 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: Cultural Studies of Science Education 11
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Keywords: Science Study and teaching ; Early childhood education ; Education
    Abstract: This book provides an account of children’s science learning beyond the traditional constructivist and social-constructivist view. It conceptualises science as a body of knowledge that humans have constructed (historically) and reconstructed (contemporary) to meet human needs. As such, this human invention acts as an evolving cultural tool for supporting and helping to understand everyday life. Drawing upon cultural-historical theory, the book theorises early childhood science education in relation to current globalised education contexts. Its aim is to advance the understanding of the many ways that science concepts are learned by very young children. The book presents a theoretical discussion of the cultural-historical foundation for early childhood science education. It examines contemporary theories of learning and development within the general field of early childhood education. This theoretical examination allows for the foundational pedagogical context of young learners to be interrogated. This kind of analysis makes it possible to examine play-based contexts in relation to opportunities for scientific conceptual development of young children. From a cultural-historical point of view, and taking into account relevant empirical literature, the book introduces and promotes a more relevant approach to the teaching of science and for the development of young children’s scientific thinking. The book ends with presenting a pedagogical model for introducing scientific concepts to young children in play-based settings
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 6
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789401772303
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIX, 258 p, online resource)
    Series Statement: Professional and Practice-based Learning 13
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Keywords: Education, Higher ; Education
    Abstract: This book advances understandings about and practices for effectively integrating practice-based (e.g. workplace) experiences in higher education programs. This issue is becoming of increasing salient because higher education programs globally are increasingly focussing on preparing students for specific occupations. Such imperatives are reflected in the cooperative education movement in North America, the foundation degree programs of the United Kingdom, the work integrated learning approach within Australian higher education and initiatives in a range of other countries. There are clear and growing expectations that graduates from such should be able to move smoothly into being effective in their occupational practice. These expectations rise from the imperatives and interest of government, employers, community and students themselves. The book achieves a number of important goals. Firstly, it identifies and delineates the educational worth of students and engagement in practice-based experiences and their integration within their programs of study. Secondly, it advances conceptions of the integration of such experiences that is essential to inform how these programs might be enacted. Thirdly, drawing on the findings of two teaching fellowships, it proposed bases and propositions for how experiences in higher education programs might be organised and augmented to support effective learning. Fourthly pedagogic practices seen to be effective in maximising the learning from those practice experiences and integrating them within the curriculum are identified and discussed. Fifthly, a particular focus is given to students’ personal epistemologies and how these might be developed and directed towards supporting effective learning within practice settings and the integration of that learning in their university programs
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 7
    ISBN: 9789401793957
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 310 p. 70 illus., 50 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: Educational Assessment in an Information Age
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Assessment and teaching of 21st century skills
    Keywords: Educational tests and measurements ; Education ; Berufsbildung ; Arbeitswelt ; Zukunft
    Abstract: This second volume of papers from the ATC21STM project deals with the development of an assessment and teaching system of 21st century skills. Readers are guided through a detailed description of the methods used in this process. The first volume was published by Springer in 2012 ( Griffin, P., McGaw, B. & Care, E., Eds., Assessment and Teaching of 21st Century Skills, Dordrecht: Springer). The major elements of this new volume are the identification and description of two 21st century skills that are amenable to teaching and learning: collaborative problem solving, and learning in digital networks. Features of the skills that need to be mirrored in their assessment are identified so that they can be reflected in assessment tasks. The tasks are formulated so that reporting of student performance can guide implementation in the classroom for use in teaching and learning. How simple tasks can act as platforms for development of 21st century skills is demonstrated, with the concurrent technical infrastructure required for its support. How countries with different languages and cultures participated and contributed to the development process is described. The psychometric qualities of the online tasks developed are reported, in the context of the robustness of the automated scoring processes. Finally, technical and educational issues to be resolved in global projects of this nature are outlined
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 8
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789401794336
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXVI, 302 p. 4 illus., 1 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: Studies in Educational Leadership 20
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Keywords: Education ; Schulleitung ; Schulentwicklung ; Schulreform ; Geschichte 1970-2010
    Abstract: This book is a longitudinal life history of the lives and work of primary school principals in Ireland. It provides a unique opportunity to peer inside the realities of leading schools in changing times. In a system that until recently did not prepare principals for the onerous roles and responsibilities, a small system with limited mobility, inter-personal relationships emerge as critical, frequently privileged over professional relationships. Consequently, principals struggle to bring about change, to build trust in order to cultivate a transformative leadership agenda, while several aspects of systemic structures and processes emerge as constraints on leadership capacity building. In the absence of comprehensive leadership portfolio development, classroom teachers, catapulted into the principal’s office, tend to be cautious and careful in ways that tend to perpetuate the status quo while putting a premium on the exercise of soft power and an over-reliance on the good will of colleagues. Several of the ‘leadership lessons’ that emerge from this in-depth analysis concur with an increasing international consensus that due to complexity and increasingly performative policy demands, learning about leadership for all is an absolute necessity. However, care must be taken to avoid overly scripted programmes. Critical to the cultivation of a professionally responsible leadership disposition, rather than capitulation to ‘technologies of control,’ is professional renewal cultivated through adequate attention to the Zone of Proximal Distance
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 9
    ISBN: 9789401791816
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XV, 592 p. 112 illus., 18 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: Advances in Mathematics Education
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Approaches to Qualitative Research in Mathematics Education
    Keywords: Curriculum planning ; Mathematics ; Science Study and teaching ; Education ; Mathematikunterricht
    Abstract: This volume documents a range of qualitative research approaches emerged within mathematics education over the last three decades, whilst at the same time revealing their underlying methodologies. Continuing the discussion as begun in the two 2003 ZDM issues dedicated to qualitative empirical methods, this book presents astate of the art overview on qualitative research in mathematics education and beyond. The structure of the book allows the reader to use it as an actual guide for the selection of an appropriate methodology, on a basis of both theoretical depth and practical implications. The methods and examples illustrate how different methodologies come to life when applied to a specific question in a specific context. Many of the methodologies described are also applicable outside mathematics education, but the examples provided are chosen so as to situate the approach in a mathematical context
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 10
    ISBN: 9789401791847
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXVI, 292 p. 33 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Educating the Young Child, Advances in Theory and Research, Implications for Practice 10
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Young children and families in the information age
    Keywords: Early childhood education ; Education ; Informationsgesellschaft ; Neue Medien ; Kleinkind ; Familienleben ; Informationsgesellschaft ; Neue Medien ; Kleinkind ; Familienleben
    Abstract: This edited book presents the most recent theory, research and practice on information and technology literacy as it relates to the education of young children. Because computers have made it so easy to disseminate information, the amount of available information has grown at an exponential rate, making it impossible for educators to prepare students for the future without teaching them how to be effective information managers and technology users. Although much has been written about information literacy and technology literacy in secondary education, there is very little published research about these literacies in early childhood education. Recently, the National Association for the Education of Young Children and the Fred Rogers Center for Early Learning and Children’s Media at Saint Vincent College published a position statement on using technology and interactive media as tools in early childhood programs. This statement recommends more research “to better understand how young children use and learn with technology and interactive media and also to better understand any short- and long-term effects.” Many assume that today’s young children are “digital natives” with a great understanding of technology. However, children may know how to operate digital technology but be unaware of its dangers or its value to extend their abilities. This book argues that information and technology literacy include more than just familiarity with the digital environment. They include using technology safely and ethically to demonstrate creativity and innovation; to communicate and collaborate; to conduct research and use information; and to think critically, solve problems and make decisions
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 11
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789401797290
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIX, 197 p. 4 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Globalisation, Comparative Education and Policy Research 13
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Nation-building and history education in a global culture
    RVK:
    Keywords: Curriculum planning ; Education, Higher ; History ; Education ; Schulbildung ; Geschichtsunterricht ; Erziehungsziel ; Relation ; Globalisierung ; Geschichtsbild ; Nationenbildung ; Nationalbewusstsein ; Identitätsentwicklung ; Kulturelle Identität ; Theorie ; Praxis ; Erde
    Abstract: This book examines the nexus between nation-building and history education globally and the implication for cultural diversity and social justice. It studies some of the major education reforms and policy issues in history education in a global culture, and regards them in the light of recent shifts in history education and policy research. In doing so, the volume provides a comprehensive picture of the intersecting and diverse discourses of globalisation, history education and policy-driven reforms. It makes clear that the impact of globalisation on education policy and reforms is a strategically significant issue for us all. The book focuses on the importance of nation-building and patriotism in history education, and presents up-to-date research on global trends in history education reforms and policy research. It provides an easily accessible, practical yet scholarly source of information about the international concerns in the field of globalisation, history education and policy research
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 12
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789401795050
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 390 p. 15 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Research in early childhood science education
    RVK:
    Keywords: Science Study and teaching ; Early childhood education ; Education ; Early childhood education ; Education ; Science Study and teaching ; Naturwissenschaftlicher Unterricht ; Vorschulerziehung ; Grundschulunterricht
    Abstract: This book emphasizes the significance of teaching science in early childhood classrooms, reviews the research on what young children are likely to know about science, and provides key points on effectively teaching science to young children. Science education, an integral part of national and state standards for early childhood classrooms, encompasses not only content-based instruction but also process skills, creativity, experimentation, and problem-solving. By introducing science in developmentally appropriate ways, we can support young children’s sensory explorations of their world and provide them with foundational knowledge and skills for lifelong science learning, as well as an appreciation of nature. This book emphasizes the significance of teaching science in early childhood classrooms, reviews the research on what young children are likely to know about science, and provides key points on effectively teaching young children science. Common research methods used in the reviewed studies are identified, methodological concerns are discussed, and methodological and theoretical advances are suggested
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 13
    ISBN: 9789400769915
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVIII, 212 p. 3 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Professional Learning and Development in Schools and Higher Education 8
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Keywords: Early childhood education ; Developmental psychology ; Education ; Education ; Early childhood education ; Developmental psychology
    Abstract: This book offers a challenge to traditional approaches to classroom teaching and pedagogy. The SPRinG (Social Pedagogic Research into Groupwork) project, part of a larger research programme on teaching and learning funded by the Economic and Social Research Council (ESRC), was developed to enhance the learning potential of pupils working in classroom groups by actively involving teachers in a programme designed to raise levels of group work during typical classroom learning activities. Internationally, the SPRinG project is the largest evaluation of effective group working methods in comparison to traditional teaching, with findings that show raised levels of pupil achievement and a doubling of sustained, active engagement in learning. The opening chapters present arguments regarding the relationship of social interaction and children’s cognitive development and examine theories that explain why social interactional processes should be integrated into primary school pedagogic practices. Next, the book describes the conceptual and methodological basis for the SPRinG studies, especially its focus on the relational approach, the type of involvement of teachers and classroom planning. Further chapters present key results and describe the background and methods used to establish SPRinG-based effects on pupil progress in mathematics, literacy and science, including both macro and micro assessments; how the SPRinG approach affected pupil-pupil interactions and teacher-pupil interactions, as measured by systematic on-the-spot observations and analyses of videotapes of groups working on specially designed tasks work; and effects on pupil self-completed measures of motivation and attitudes to group work. The book also analyses reflections of teachers who have worked with SPRinG: moving from theory to practice as well as adding insights associated with implementing SPRinG principles in schools. Drawing upon developmental psychological, social psychological and classroom research, it develops a new and ambitious social pedagogic approach to classroom learning, with a stress on group work, which will be of interest to researchers, teachers and policy-makers. This book includes contributions from Andrew Tolmie and Ed Baines, who were also involved in the ScotSPRinG and SPRinG projects
    Description / Table of Contents: Foreword; The Content of the Book: The SPRinG Approach; Who the Book Is Intended to Reach; Acknowledgements; Definitions; References; Contents; About the Authors; Chapter 1 Can the Grouping of Children in Classrooms Affect Their Learning; An Introduction to Social Pedagogy; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 How Does the Classroom Context Affect Learning?; 1.3 Grouping and Learning: A Preliminary View; 1.3.1 Cognitive Processes and Group Work in Schools; 1.3.2 Peer Relations; 1.4 Social Processes Underlying Group Work in Schools; 1.5 Relationships among Children as Learners within Group Work
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.6 The BookReferences; Chapter 2 Groups and Classrooms; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Background Issues in Promoting Development and Understanding via Effective Group Work in Classrooms: Understanding Pedagogy and Opening the `Black Box'; 2.3Experimental and Naturalistic Studies of Group Workin Primary School Classrooms; 2.3.1 Experimental Research; 2.3.2 Naturalistic Studies; 2.3.2.1 First Phase of Naturalistic Classroom Studies; Size and Number of Groupings in Classrooms; Types of Working Arrangements; Adult Support of Groupings; Group Composition; Curriculum Area and Task Type
    Description / Table of Contents: Summary of Phase 1 Studies and Some Concerns2.3.2.2 Second Phase of Naturalistic Classroom Studies; The Attainment Context Within the Classroom; Group Size and Number, and Classroom Seating and Working Arrangements; Working Interactions Within Groupings; Number of Adults in Classes and Adult Role in Relation to Groupings; Grouping Composition; Learning Task Type; Learning Task Type in Relation to Grouping Size; Interaction Type and Curriculum Area; 2.3.2.3 Some General Conclusions from Phase 2 Naturalistic Classroom Studies: Findings from Classroom Mapping; 2.4 Chapter Summary; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 3 The SPRinG Project: The Intervention Programme and the Evaluation Methods3.1 Introduction; 3.2 The SPRinG Project; 3.2.1 The SPRinG Approach: Building on a Social Pedagogyof Classroom Learning; 3.2.1.1 Preparation of the Classroom Context for Group Work; Class Seating Arrangements; Group Size; The Number of Groups in the Class; Group Stability; Group Composition; 3.2.1.2 Preparation of Lessons and Activities Involving Group Work: Curriculum and Group Work Activities; 3.2.1.3 A Relational Approach to Facilitate Group Working
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.2.1.4 Involvement of Teachers in the Support of Group Work3.3 Evaluation of the SPRinG Programme: The Intervention and Research Design; 3.3.1 The SPRinG Programme and How it was Implemented; 3.3.1.1 Principles and Practices; 3.3.1.2 Training in Social, Communication and AdvancedGroup Working Skills; 3.4 Evaluating the SPRinG Project; 3.4.1 Research Design; 3.4.2 Samples; 3.4.3 Methods of Data Collection: Measures of Pupil Attainment, Classroom Behavior, Motivation/Attitudes to Learning and Classroom Implementation; 3.4.3.1 Pupil Attainment; Key Stage 1; Key Stage 2
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.4.3.2 Classroom Behaviour Measures
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 14
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    New York, NY : Springer New York
    ISBN: 9781461493518
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 139 p. 30 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerBriefs in Archaeology 2
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Managing, using, and interpreting Hadrian's Wall as world heritage
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Humanities ; Anthropology ; Archaeology ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Humanities ; Anthropology ; Archaeology ; Hadrianswall ; Kulturerbe
    Abstract: Hadrian’s Wall was inscribed as a World Heritage Site (WHS) in 1987 and, with the German Limes, became one of the first two parts of the transnational ‘Frontiers of the Roman Empire’ (FRE) WHS in 2005. The World Heritage Site of Hadrian's Wall is unusual, although not unique, among World Heritage sites in its scale and linear nature: stretching from Ravenglass on the west coast of England to Newcastle upon Tyne on the east coast - over 150 miles. Along its length it passes through two major urban centres and a variety of rural landscapes and its remains vary from substantial upstanding architectural features to invisible below ground archaeology. Traditionally many of the constituent parts of Hadrian's Wall, forts etc, have been managed as separate entities by different State and private organisations. These and other issues make it an extremely complex WHS to manage. This book not only chronicles the past management of the Wall but also looks towards the future as more countries aspire to have their Roman frontiers added to the FRE. The experience gained over the last two decades illustrates developments in the management of large scale complex heritage sites that will be of value as a detailed case study to those involved in (and affected by) heritage management, as well as academics, and students. Many of the issues raised will find resonance in those faced by many other large (World) heritage sites
    Description / Table of Contents: Foreword UK NC UNESCO1 The archaeology, history and significance of the Wall - David Breeze -- 2 The management context - Christopher Young.-3 The context -Peter Stone -- 4 The need for a MP and the first and second plans - Christopher Young -- 5 The Hadrian’s Wall Tourism Partnership - Jane Brantom -- 6 The Hadrian’s Wall National Trail - David McGlade -- 7 Sustainable management of pastoral landscapes - Neil Rimmington -- 8 The Major Study and Third Plan - Peter Stone -- 9 Hadrian’s Wall Heritage Ltd - Linda Tuttiett -- 10 Hadrian’s Wall museums - Lindsay Allason Jones -- 11 Management of Interpretation - Nigel Mills & Genevieve Atkins -- 12 Frontiers of the Roman Empire - David Brough & John Scott -- 13 Where next - the future of the Wall in a time of restraint - Peter Stone.
    Note: Includes index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 15
    ISBN: 9783319016863
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXIX, 151 p. 8 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Reinhard-DeRoo, Matthias Beneficial ownership
    RVK:
    Keywords: Humanities ; Anthropology ; Law ; Law ; Humanities ; Anthropology
    Abstract: The hunt for beneficial owners is on. Like an elephant, the beneficial owner hides in the jungle of complex legal structures, waiting to be discovered by eager prosecutors. But what lies behind this metaphor? What is a Beneficial Owner? Is beneficial ownership a right? What does this right encompass? What is the value of this right compared to other rights? And if beneficial ownership is not a right, is it still a legally relevant relation? How do courts, namely the U.S. Supreme Court deal with the concept? When do Anglo-American judges and European scholars resort to the concept? This book approaches these questions from two perspectives: legal fundamentals and the field of U.S. federal Indian law. Both legal theories and case law are scrutinized with the aim to find a better understanding of the basic conception and characteristics of beneficial ownership. Federal Indian law has been chosen for the study of the concrete implications of the beneficial ownership concept in what Roscoe Pound referred to as “the law in action.” To some, this choice of legal field might seem somewhat unusual. What answers could federal Indian law possibly offer with regard to pressing questions from the financial industry? As always, there is a short and a long answer. The short answer is that the analysis of an equally sophisticated field of law can open new perspectives on a given field of law. For example, not only potential criminals and tax evaders but also members of an older civilization are beneficial owners. The long answer can be found in this very book
    Description / Table of Contents: IntroductionThe Term Beneficial Ownership -- Beneficial Ownership as a Concept -- Common Law, Equity and Beneficial Ownership -- Beneficial Ownership Used in U.S. Supreme Court Decisions -- Fundamental Aspects of Federal Indian Law -- The Beneficial Ownership Concept Applied in Federal Indian Law -- Epilogue.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 16
    ISBN: 9781461431787
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXV, 405 p. 96 illus., 43 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Digital knowledge maps in education
    RVK:
    Keywords: Education ; Education ; Education Psychology
    Abstract: Digital knowledge maps are ‘at a glance’ visual representations that enable enriching, imaginative and transformative ways for teaching and learning, with the potential to enhance positive educational outcomes. The use of such maps has generated much attention and interest among tertiary education practitioners and researchers over the last few years as higher education institutions around the world begin to invest heavily into new technologies designed to provide online spaces within which to build resources and conduct activities. The key elements of this edited volume will comprise original and innovative contributions to existing scholarship in this field, with examples of pedagogical possibilities as they are currently practiced across a range of contexts. It will contain chapters that address, theory, research and practical issues related to the use of digital knowledge maps in all aspects of tertiary education and draws predominantly on international perspectives with a diverse group of invited contributors. Reports on empirical studies as well as theoretical/conceptual chapters that engage deeply with pertinent questions and issues raised from a pedagogical, social, cultural, philosophical, and/or ethical standpoint are included. Systematic literature reviews dealing with digital knowledge mapping in education are also an integral part of the volume
    Description / Table of Contents: PART I- Digital Knowledge Maps in Open, Distance, and Flexible Learning ContextsChapter 1 - Digital Knowledge Mapping In Educational Contexts -- Chapter 2 - Making Sense Of Knowledge Integration Maps -- Chapter 3 - Concept Maps For Comprehension And Navigation Of Hypertexts -- Chapter 4 - Using Digital Knowledge Maps For Supporting Tutors Giving Effective Explanations -- Chapter 5 - Investigating Through Concept Mapping Pre-Service Teachers’ Thinking Progression About ‘Elearning’ And Its Integration Into Teaching -- Chapter 6 - Concept Mapping In Graduate Education -- PART II - Digital Knowledge Maps in Collaborative Learning Contexts -- Chapter 7 - Collaborative Work With Digital Knowledge Maps On Improving Esl Learners’ Reading Skills -- Chapter 8 - Researching Individual And Collaborative Pair Learning In Primary School Students Using Digital Knowledge Maps For Science Education -- Chapter 9 - Towards A Cultural-Historical Theory Of Knowledge Mapping: Collaboration And Activity In The Zone Of Proximal Development -- Chapter 10 - Developing Australian Undergraduate Students’science Communication Skills Through Collaboratively Created Digital Knowledge Maps -- Chapter 11 - Using Novakian Concept Maps To Foster Peer Collaboration In Higher Education -- PART III - Advances in Assessment Using Digital Knowledge Maps.-Chapter 12 - Assessment For Learning Using Digital Knowledge Maps -- Chapter 13 - Sequentially Analyzing And Modeling Causal Mapping Processes That Support Causal Understanding And Systems Thinking -- Chapter 14 - Gainfully Guided Misconception - How Automatically Generated Knowledge Maps can Help Companies Within and Across Their Projects -- Chapter 15 - Digital Concept Mapping for Formative Assessment -- Chapter 16 - Digital Knowledge Maps: The Foundation For Learning Analytics Through Instructional Games -- PART IV - Case Studies Investigating Digital Knowledge Maps -- Chapter 17 - Digital Knowledge Mapping As An Instructional Strategy To Enhance Knowledge Convergence - A Case Study -- Chapter 18 - Shared Cognitions In A Field Of Informal Education - Knowledge Maps Towards Money Management Of Young Adults -- Chapter 19 - Predispositions To Concept Mapping: Case Studies Of Four Disciplines In Higher Education.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 17
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    New York, NY : Springer New York
    ISBN: 9781461481997
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XV, 74 p. 7 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerBriefs in Education 30
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Keywords: Mathematics ; Education ; Education ; Mathematics
    Abstract: This is an introduction to a Didactique, research program that has been going on in France since the '70s and whose importance is now widely recognized, but whose content is still not easy access to anglophones. The work of Dr. Guy Brousseau has remained largely, in his native France, untranslated and largely unknown. This book will unlock the secrets of Didactique and provide an opportunity for researchers, teacher educators, and students to learn of this important methodology.
    Abstract: Didactique is a research program in mathematics education that was launched in France in the 60's and now engages many researchers, from graduate students to senior professors. Until the 90's, almost none of its ideas and results were available to Anglophones. Since that time, a book and some articles have been published in English, but they tend to be accessible only to those who already have some expertise in mathematics education. This book is designed for the interested non-expert, or, alternatively, the expert who would like to hit the high spots of Didactique swiftly. It is designed to pique the interest of both sufficiently to entice them into digging further
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Basic elements of Didactique2. Two illustrative examples -- 3. A fundamental situation for statistics -- 4. Gael and the didactical contract -- 5. Glossary -- Index -- Bibliography.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 18
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    New York, NY : Springer New York
    ISBN: 9781461490654
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVII, 397 p. 26 illus., 17 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Keywords: Neurology ; Medical Education ; Education ; Education ; Neurology ; Medical Education
    Abstract: Competencies in Sleep Medicine provides tools and approaches for instruction in the knowledge and skills acquired during a Sleep Fellowship Program. The book content responds to the request by the Accreditation Council for Graduate Medical Education (ACGME) for each program to develop learning goals and formative assessments of fellows in all areas of Sleep Medicine. Authored by teaching experts, each chapter focuses on an area of Sleep Medicine, offering examples of content mapping to ACGME competencies, learning objectives, instructional methods, and assessment tools. Recall matching tests, essay questions with ideal answers, and group learning exercises can be reformulated by any program to address expertise weakness and establish measureable benchmarks. Those who lead post-graduate programs both in the US and abroad and want to enhance trainee progress and achievement will find Competencies in Sleep Medicine invaluable in defining learning outcomes, encouraging autonomous learning, and expanding teaching expertise and tools
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 1: Sleep Medicine and Competency TrainingChapter 2: Neurophysiology of Sleep -- Chapter 3: Pharmacology of Sleep Medicine -- Chapter 4: Sleep and Organ Physiology -- Chapter 5: Upper Airway Physiology -- Chapter 6: Epidemiologic Concepts and Statistics in Clinical Decision Making -- Chapter 7: Clinical Evaluations of the Patient -- Chapter 8: Diagnostic Testing.- Chapter 9: Insomnia -- Chapter 10: Circadian Rhythm Sleep Disorders -- Chapter 11: Hypersomnolence -- Chapter 12: Sleep-Related Movement Disorders and Parasomnias -- Chapter 13: Sleep Disordered Breathing -- Chapter 14: Sleep and Neurologic Disorders -- Chapter 15: Sleep in Psychiatric Disorders -- Chapter 16: Sleep in Medical Disorders -- Chapter 17: Pediatric Sleep Medicine -- Chapter 18: Sleep and Aging -- Chapter 19: Ethical, Legal and Social Issues in Sleep Medicine -- Chapter 20: Administration and Delivery of Sleep Medicine -- Professional Training: Fellows and Faculty as Teachers.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 19
    ISBN: 9781461446781
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XI, 326 p. 60 illus., 30 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Early mathematics learning
    RVK:
    Keywords: Mathematics ; Early childhood education ; Education ; Education ; Mathematics ; Early childhood education ; Mathematics ; Study and teaching (Early childhood) ; Congresses ; Konferenzschrift ; Mathematikunterricht ; Kleinkindpädagogik ; Kindergarten
    Abstract: ?This book will gather current research in early childhood mathematics education. A special focus will be the tension between instruction and construction of knowledge. The book includes research on the design of learning opportunities, the development of mathematical thinking, the impact of the social setting and the professionalization of nursery teachers.
    Abstract: This book will gather current research in early childhood mathematics education. A special focus will be the tension between instruction and construction of knowledge. The book includes research on the design of learning opportunities, the development of mathematical thinking, the impact of the social setting and the professionalization of nursery teachers
    Description / Table of Contents: Instruction and Construction: Integrating Both Processes to Promote Quality Early Mathematics EducationA Dance of instruction with construction in mathematics education.- The Roots of Mathematising in Young Children.- The first Discernment into the NMT-Family.- Developing Critical Thinking Skill in Mathematics Education.- Identifying quantities of representations - Children using structures to compose collections from parts or decompose collections into parts.- What kind of challenges do teacher students encounter with respect to kindergarten mathematics? -- A pilot Study of Exam Papers.- Reconstruction of folk pedagogy in interaction processes.- Children’s engagement with mathematics in kindergarten mediated by the use of digital tools.- Professionalization of Early Childhood Educators with a Focus on Natural Learning Situations and Individual Development of Mathematical Competencies.- Reconstruction of conjunctive realms of experiences in early learning processes -- The Interplay Between Gesture and Speech - Second Graders Solve Mathematical Problems.- Nice text by problem posing - two samples with many challenges.- The Relationship between cultural Expectation and the local Realization of a Mathematics learning Environment -- Early maths with multi-touch - an activity-theoretic approach -- How one preschool teacher recognises mathematical teaching moments -- Development of Geometric Competencies - Children's Conception of Geometric Shapes in England and Germany.- The elements of mathematical creativity and the function of the attachment style in early childhood -- Early enhancement of kindergarten children potentially at risk in learning school mathematics.- It is quite confusing isn’t it? -- Preschool children's performance and self-efficacy on mathematical and non-mathematical tasks -- Preschool teachers' knowledge and self-efficacy regarding counting and enumerating tasks -- Conceptualizing preschool teachers' knowledge and self-efficacy for teaching mathematics: The CAMTE framework -- Mathematical Situations Of Play And Explorations As An Empirical Research Instrument -- Play-based mathematics in kindergarten.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 20
    ISBN: 9781461434894
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXII, 409 p. 112 illus., 30 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Rezat, Sebastian Transformation - A Fundamental Idea of Mathematics Education
    RVK:
    Keywords: Mathematics ; Education ; Education ; Mathematics ; Education Philosophy ; Mathematikunterricht ; Didaktik ; Mathematik
    Abstract: This book opens up a discussion on fundamental ideas of mathematics education as a means to focus on the overarching core issues and to reflect upon the identity of the scientific discipline. The concept of transformation is introduced as one fundamental idea in the discipline and examined from different perspectives. Transformations are related to knowledge, to signs and representations of mathematics, to concepts and ideas central to teaching and learning mathematics, and to instruments for the learning of mathematics. With an international pool of authors, this book seeks to answer the following questions: What do we know about transformations in the different domains? What kinds of transformations are crucial? How is transformation in each case conceptualized? The book is meant for researchers, teacher educators and curriculum designers in the field of Mathematics Education. It is destined to occupy an important place in current literature on the topic of transformation as a way of uncovering and explaining mathematical practice and the very essence of mathematics as well as a way of creating and maintaining semantic networks between different content areas.
    Description / Table of Contents: Introduction to Part IHow 18th Century Mathematics was Transformed into 19th Century School Curricula -- A Framework for Examining the Transformation of Mathematics and Mathematics Learning in the Transition from School to University: An Analysis of German Textbooks from Upper Secondary School and the First Semester -- Knowledge Transformation between Secondary School and University Mathematics -- Student Transition to University Mathematics Education: Transformations of People, Tools and Practices -- Overcoming the Gap between University and School Mathematics: The Impact of an Innovative Programme in Mathematics Teacher Education at the Justus-Liebig-University in Giessen -- Mathematical Moments in a Human Life: Narratives on Transformation -- Transitions in Learning Mathematics as a Challenge for People and Institutions -- Introduction to Part II -- Constructing Knowledge by Transformation: Diagrammatic Reasoning in Practice -- Transforming Images in a DGS: The Semiotic Potential of the Dragging Tool for Introducing the Notion of Conditional Statement -- Dynamic Representations of Complex Numbers: Opportunities to Learn in Teacher Training -- Dynamic and Tangible Representations in Mathematics Education -- The Role of Social Aspects of Teaching and Learning in Transforming Mathematical Activity: Tools, Tasks, Individuals and Learning Communities -- Designing a Simulator in Building Trades to Transform Vocational Education -- Discussion I from an Epistemological Point of View: Representing and Meaning-making: The Transformation of Transformation -- Discussion II from a Technological Point of View: Digital Technologies and Transformation in Mathematics Education -- Introduction to Part III -- From Proof Image to Formal Proof - a Transformation -- Elementary Stochastic Seeing in Primary Mathematics Classrooms - Epistemological Foundation and Empirical Evaluation of a Theoretical Construct -- Understanding Geometric Work through its Development and its Transformations -- Small Steps to Promote “Mathematical Literacy” -- Transformation as a Fundamental Concept in Arithmetical Competence Modelling: An Example of Informatical Educational Science -- Fundamental Ideas of Didactics - Reactions to the Suggested Meta-Theoretical Construct for Reflecting and Connecting Theories -- Epilogue.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 21
    ISBN: 9781493904822
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVIII, 106 p. 11 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerBriefs in Archaeology
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. The management of cultural world heritage sites and development in Africa
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Regional planning ; Humanities ; Archaeology ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Regional planning ; Humanities ; Archaeology ; United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization Ziele und Programme internationalen Akteurs ; Internationale kulturelle Zusammenarbeit ; Kulturpolitik ; Schutz von Kulturgütern ; Afrika ; Management (funktional) ; Kulturelles Erbe ; Dauerhafte Entwicklung ; Aims and programmes of international actors International cultural cooperation ; Cultural policy ; Cultural property protection ; Africa ; Management (functional) ; Cultural heritage ; Sustainable development ; Finanzierung Aktionsprogramm/Aktionsplan ; Bewertung kulturpolitischer Maßnahmen ; Convention concerning the Protection of the World Cultural and Natural Heritage (1972-11-16) ; Internationale Konvention zum Schutz des Kultur- und Naturerbes der Welt ; Tourismuspolitik ; Financing Action programmes/action plans ; Evaluation of cultural activities ; tourism policy ; Afrika ; Kulturerbe ; Liste des Kultur- und Naturerbes der Welt
    Abstract: Ever since the signing of the World Heritage Convention 40 years ago and ratified by 33 African countries, to date, only 43 cultural heritage sites have been successfully proclaimed as World Heritage Sites in Africa. These include archaeological and historical sites, religious monuments and cultural landscapes. This book is a re-evaluation of the nomination and management of cultural World Heritage sites in Africa from the late 1970s when the Island of Gorée of Senegal and the Rock-Hewn Churches of Ethiopia were first inscribed on the WHL until today. It considers whether a credible and well balanced WHL has been attained, especially in regards to the nomination of more sites in Africa. The book also examines the roles and contribution of various heritage organizations and African governments to the nomination and management of cultural World Heritage sites in Africa. Lastly, the volume also scrutinizes economic development, which may result from the nomination and successful management of cultural World Heritage sites in Africa
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 1: An Overview of the History of the Nomination of Cultural World Heritage Sites in AfricaChapter 2: The Role of the African World Heritage Fund in the Conservation of African World Heritage Sites -- Chapter 3: The contribution of ICAHM to the nomination of African cultural World Heritage Sites on the World Heritage List through the African Initiative Program -- Chapter 4: African States Parties, Support, Constraints, Challenges and Opportunities for Managing Cultural World Heritage Sites in Africa -- Chapter 5: The Management of Cultural World Heritage Sites in Africa and their Contribution to the Development of the Continent -- Chapter 6: The Management of cultural World Heritage Sites in Africa and their Contribution to Sustainable Development in the Continent -- Chapter 7: World Heritage Sites, Culture and Sustainable Communities in Africa -- Chapter 8: The Administration of Cultural World Heritage Sites and their Contribution to the Economic Empowerment of Local Communities in Africa.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 22
    ISBN: 9781461481782
    ISSN: 1869-6783
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 214 p. 26 illus., 21 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: When the Land Meets the Sea, An ACUA and SHA Series 5
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Between the devil and the deep
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Humanities ; Archaeology ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Humanities ; Archaeology ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Kulturerbe ; Meer ; Archäologie ; Öffentlichkeit ; Wrack ; Unterwasserarchäologie ; Kulturerbe ; Meer ; Archäologie ; Öffentlichkeit ; Wrack ; Unterwasserarchäologie
    Abstract: In creating interpretive strategies for maritime sites, archaeologists and resource managers often are required to think creatively to overcome challenges and problems. These issues include interpreting sites in inaccessible locations and extremely deep water, enabling and controlling access to fragile sites and restricted areas, monitoring visitor behavior, making information interesting to a wide audience, and creating opportunities for public engagement, among other concerns. Meeting Challenges presents cutting-edge interpretation and public education strategies for maritime resources, both on land and underwater, with emphasis on solving the unique problems often associated with presenting these fragile, limited-access sites as heritage attractions and on developing effective visitation and civic engagement opportunities. The examples presented ideally can serve as models for resource managers, archaeologists engaged in interpretation, and site administrators. This volume brings together a diverse group of heritage professionals to discuss issues they’ve encountered and to present ideas and case studies for adapting, improvising, and overcoming them
    Description / Table of Contents: Foreword; Acknowledgments; Contents; Contributors; Part I:Challenges in Public Access and Engagement; Chapter 1: Toward Multivocality in Public Archaeology: Public Empowerment Through Collaboration; Historical Trends in Public Interpretation of Cultural Heritage; Recent Developments in Public Participation and Collaboration; Applications at Underwater and Marine Sites; References; Chapter 2: Connecting the Wrecks: A Case Study in Conveying the Importance of Submerged Cultural Heritage Through a Scaled Outreach Approach; Introduction
    Description / Table of Contents: The Naval History and Heritage Command's Underwater Archaeology BranchFrom the Personal to the Public: A Multifaceted Outreach Approach; Academic Internship Program; UAB Facility Tours; Speaking Engagements; Science, Technology, Engineering and Mathematics Curriculum Outreach; Archaeological Artifact Loan Program; Publications, Digital Outreach, and Mass Media; Conclusions; References; Chapter 3: Out of Sight, Out of Mind and at Risk: The United Kingdom Public's Engagement with Heritage; Introduction; Out of Sight and Often Out of Mind
    Description / Table of Contents: UK Government's Vision for the Regeneration of the Historic EnvironmentStatistics Extracted from Progress Reports of the Policy; Popularity of Maritime Heritage; City of Adelaide; Stirling Castle, 1703; The Economics of Recreational Diving; Diver Tourism, Scylla; Popularity of Heritage Television; Public Attitudes on Heritage Protection; Summary; References; Chapter 4: Connecting People to the Past: An Ethnographic Approach to Maritime Heritage Interpretation and Recreation; Introduction; Research Problem; Methodology Overview; Ethnographic Research; Ethnographic Insight; Conclusions
    Description / Table of Contents: ReferencesChapter 5: Management of Submerged Cultural Heritage: Public Outreach Examples as a Result of the Section 106 Process; The Deep Wrecks Project; Archaeological Analysis of Submerged Sites on the Gulf of Mexico Outer Continental Shelf; Conclusion; References; Chapter 6: Shifting Sand: A Model for Facilitating Public Assistance in Coastal Archaeology; Introduction; Background; The Problem; The Solution; Cooperation; SHIPS Design; Step 1, Education; Step 2, Reporting; Step 3, Responding; Summary; Conclusion; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 7: "Public" and "the Public" in Italian Underwater Archaeology: A Sardinian PerspectiveIntroduction; Historical Background; Cultural Heritage Management in Italy; Sardinian Cultural Identity and the Issue of Authenticity; Applying Public Outreach and Education Efforts to the Sardinian Panorama: Purposes and Impasses; What Can Be Done in the Future?; References; Chapter 8: The Success of the South Carolina Sport Diver Archaeology Management Program; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 9: Maritime Heritage Outreach and Education: East Carolina University's Engagement with International Public Communities in Africa and the Caribbean
    Description / Table of Contents: Foreword; Acknowledgments; Contents; Contributors; Part I:Challenges in Public Access and Engagement; Chapter 1: Toward Multivocality in Public Archaeology: Public Empowerment Through Collaboration; Historical Trends in Public Interpretation of Cultural Heritage; Recent Developments in Public Participation and Collaboration; Applications at Underwater and Marine Sites; References; Chapter 2: Connecting the Wrecks: A Case Study in Conveying the Importance of Submerged Cultural Heritage Through a Scaled Outreach Approach; Introduction
    Description / Table of Contents: The Naval History and Heritage Command's Underwater Archaeology BranchFrom the Personal to the Public: A Multifaceted Outreach Approach; Academic Internship Program; UAB Facility Tours; Speaking Engagements; Science, Technology, Engineering and Mathematics Curriculum Outreach; Archaeological Artifact Loan Program; Publications, Digital Outreach, and Mass Media; Conclusions; References; Chapter 3: Out of Sight, Out of Mind and at Risk: The United Kingdom Public's Engagement with Heritage; Introduction; Out of Sight and Often Out of Mind
    Description / Table of Contents: UK Government's Vision for the Regeneration of the Historic EnvironmentStatistics Extracted from Progress Reports of the Policy; Popularity of Maritime Heritage; City of Adelaide; Stirling Castle, 1703; The Economics of Recreational Diving; Diver Tourism, Scylla; Popularity of Heritage Television; Public Attitudes on Heritage Protection; Summary; References; Chapter 4: Connecting People to the Past: An Ethnographic Approach to Maritime Heritage Interpretation and Recreation; Introduction; Research Problem; Methodology Overview; Ethnographic Research; Ethnographic Insight; Conclusions
    Description / Table of Contents: ReferencesChapter 5: Management of Submerged Cultural Heritage: Public Outreach Examples as a Result of the Section 106 Process; The Deep Wrecks Project; Archaeological Analysis of Submerged Sites on the Gulf of Mexico Outer Continental Shelf; Conclusion; References; Chapter 6: Shifting Sand: A Model for Facilitating Public Assistance in Coastal Archaeology; Introduction; Background; The Problem; The Solution; Cooperation; SHIPS Design; Step 1, Education; Step 2, Reporting; Step 3, Responding; Summary; Conclusion; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 7: "Public" and "the Public" in Italian Underwater Archaeology: A Sardinian PerspectiveIntroduction; Historical Background; Cultural Heritage Management in Italy; Sardinian Cultural Identity and the Issue of Authenticity; Applying Public Outreach and Education Efforts to the Sardinian Panorama: Purposes and Impasses; What Can Be Done in the Future?; References; Chapter 8: The Success of the South Carolina Sport Diver Archaeology Management Program; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 9: Maritime Heritage Outreach and Education: East Carolina University's Engagement with International Public Communities in Africa and the Caribbean
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 23
    ISBN: 9781461487609
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXVII, 269 p. 68 illus., 13 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: Interdisciplinary Contributions to Archaeology 7
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Humanities ; Anthropology ; Archaeology ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Humanities ; Anthropology ; Archaeology ; Mesoamerika ; Präkolumbische Zeit ; Schädel ; Deformation ; Ritus
    Abstract: The artificial shaping of the skull vault of infants expresses fundamental aspects of crafted beauty, of identity, status and gender in a way no other body practice does. Combining different sources of information, this volume contributes new interpretations on Mesoamerican head shaping traditions. Here, the head with its outer insignia was commonly used as a metaphor for designating the “self” and personhood and, as part of the body, served as a model for the indigenous universe. Analogously, the outer “looks” of the head and its anatomical constituents epitomized deeply embedded worldviews and longstanding traditions. It is in this sense that this book explores both the quotidian roles and long-standing ideological connotations of cultural head modifications in Mesoamerica and beyond, setting new standards in the discussion of the scope, caveats, and future directions involved in this study. The systematic examination of Mesoamerican skeletal series fosters an explained review of indigenous cultural history through the lens of emblematic head models with their nuanced undercurrents of religious identity and ethnicity, social organization and dynamic cultural shift. The embodied expressions of change are explored in different geocultural settings and epochs, being most visible in the centuries surrounding the Maya collapse and following the cultural clash implied by the European conquest. These glimpses on the Mesoamerican past through head practices are novel, as is the general treatment of methodology and theoretical frames. Although it is anchored in physical anthropology and archaeology (specifically bioarchaeology), this volume also integrates knowledge derived from anatomy and human physiology, historical and iconographic sources, linguistics (polisemia) and ethnography. The scope of this work is rounded up by the transcription and interpretation of the many colonial eye witness accounts on indigenous head treatments in Mesoamerica and beyond
    Description / Table of Contents: IntroductionPART I: INTERDISCIPLINARY APPROACHES TO ARTIFICIAL CRANIAL MODIFICATION -- Cultural frameworks for studying artificial cranial modifications -- Physical embodiment, identity, age, and gender -- Cranial expansion and artificial vault modifications -- Reconstructing ancient head-shaping traditions from the skeletal record -- Source compilation on head-shaping practices in Hispanic America, with comments by Pilar Zabala -- PART II REGIONAL APPROACHES: HEAD PRACTICES AND THEIR CULTURAL MEANINGS IN PRE-COLUMBIAN MESOAMERICA AND BEYOND -- Meanings of head-shaping practices in Mesoamerica -- Emulating Olmec gods through head form. Origins and Preclassic Period -- Head shapes in Classic period Mesoamerica -- Growing up Maya. Gender, Identity and dynasty -- Head-shaping during the second millennium. Postclassic and post-contact Mesoamerica -- Conclusions: New perspectives for studying head-shaping practices in Mesoamerica.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 24
    ISBN: 9781461465010
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXI, 314 p. 61 illus., 48 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Research on e-Learning and ICT in education
    RVK:
    Keywords: Education ; Education
    Abstract: An essential text for researchers and academics seeking the most comprehensive and up-to-date coverage of all aspects of e-learning and ICT in education, this book is a multidisciplinary forum covering technical, pedagogical, organizational, instructional and policy aspects of the topic. Representing the best peer-reviewed papers from the 8th Panhellenic Conference on ICT in Education, special emphasis is given to applied research relevant to educational practice and guided by the educational realities in schools, colleges, universities and informal learning organizations. The volume encompasses the current trends and issues which determine and inform the integration of ICT in educational practice, including educational software, educational games, collaborative learning, virtual learning environments, social networks, learning analytics, digital museums, as well as the evolution of e-learning
    Description / Table of Contents: Section 1 Situating ICT in Education1.Digital Technology - an Effective Educational Change Agent? -- 2.The Evolution of Educational Technology based on a Bibliometric study -- 3.Theories of Learning in Math and Science Educational Software -- Section 2 ICT in Preschool and Primary Education. 4.Educational software use in kindergarten -- 5.Geometry teaching through ICT in primary school -- 6.Teaching Informatics in Primary School with and without educational software support -- Section 3 ICT and Teaching Programming -- 7.Educational Games for Teaching Computer Programming -- 8.Robotics and Programming Concepts in Early Childhood Education -- Section 4 Web2.0 Tools and Learning -- 9.Integrating Blogs in Primary Education.-10.Effectiveness of Wiki-based Learning in higher education -- 11.Courseware Evaluation through Content, Usage and Marking Assessment -- Section 5 ICT for Learning in Museums -- 12.Game design based Learning in Cultural Institutions -- 13.Digital applications in museums: an analysis from a museum education perspective -- Section 6 ICT and Pre- and In-service Teacher Practices -- 14.Technology integration in the most favorable conditions: findings from a Professional Development Training Programme -- 15.ICT Use in Secondary Education - Schooling Necessities and Needs for Human Resources -- 16.Teacher Preparation for Educational Technology -- Section 7 - ICT for Specialized Uses -- 17.Conversational Agents for Learning: How the Agent Role Affects Student Dialogue -- 18.Anxiety Awareness in Education: A Prototype Bio-Feedback Device -- 19.Structured Learning through Digital Storytelling for Children with Autism.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 25
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400743601
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XIII, 652 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Series Statement: Cultural Studies of Science Education 9
    Series Statement: Cultural Studies of Science Education
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    DDC: 370
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Erziehung ; Naturwissenschaft ; Science / Study and teaching ; Education
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 26
    ISBN: 9789400778290
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 online resource (278 pages) , illustrations.
    Series Statement: Social Indicators Research Series 53
    Series Statement: Social Indicators Research Ser. v.53
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    DDC: 306
    RVK:
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Quality of life ; Humanities ; Quality of life -- Research ; Developmental psychology ; Social sciences ; Quality of life ; Humanities ; Quality of life ; Research ; Developmental psychology ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: This publication will fill a significant gap in the literature on quality of life and subjective wellbeing by addressing the gender dimensions of people's lived experience and emphasizing how gender relationships differentially impact on women's and girls' as well as men's and boys' subjective wellbeing across the lifespan. Sex-disaggregation of data on objective conditions of quality of life is now routinely undertaken in many countries of the world. However, despite the burgeoning of objective data on sex differences in life conditions across the world, very little gender analysis is carried out to explain fully such difference and there is still a serious dearth of data on gender differences in subjective experiences of quality of life and wellbeing. This publication will assist researchers, teachers, service providers and policy makers in filling some of the gaps in currently available literature on the nexus between age and gender in producing differential experiences of subjective wellbeing. The book brings together research which compares female's and male's subjective experiences of wellbeing at various life stages from a variety of countries and regions, particularly focusing on women's subjective wellbeing.
    Abstract: Intro -- Contents -- Contributors -- Chapter-1 -- Gender, Lifespan, Cultural Context and QOL -- References -- Chapter-2 -- Personal Well-being and Interpersonal Communication of 12-16 Year-Old Girls and Their Own Mothers: Gender and Intergenerational Issues -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Method Procedure and Sample -- 2.2.1 Description of the Variables -- 2.3 Results -- 2.3.1 Activities -- 2.3.2 Conversations -- 2.3.3 Satisfaction -- 2.3.4 Values Aspired to for the Girls' Future -- 2.3.5 Explained Model of Girls' and Mothers' Satisfaction with Life as a Whole -- 2.4 Discussion -- References -- Chapter-3 -- Gender Dimensions of Life Quality for Adults in Australia -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Subjective Wellbeing Homeostasis -- 3.3 Homeostatic Buffers -- 3.4 External Buffers -- 3.5 Internal Buffers -- 3.6 Gender Differences -- 3.7 Method -- 3.8 Results -- 3.8.1 Gender × Survey -- 3.8.2 Personal Wellbeing Domains -- 3.8.3 Domain Stability Across Surveys × Gender -- 3.8.4 Demographic Influences on Gender Differences in SWB -- 3.8.5 Age -- 3.8.6 Living Alone -- 3.8.7 Relationship Status -- 3.8.8 Work Status -- 3.9 Discussion -- 3.9.1 Overall Pattern of Gender Differences -- 3.9.2 Age -- 3.9.3 Living Alone -- 3.9.4 Work Status -- 3.10 Summary -- References -- Chapter-4 -- Chasing the 'Good Life': GenderDifferences in Work Aspirationsof American Men and Women -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Conceptual Framework -- 4.3 Data and Methods -- 4.4 Results -- 4.4.1 Gender Differences in Aspirations and Attainments -- 4.4.1.1 Material Goods -- 4.4.1.2 Good Health -- 4.4.1.3 Family Life -- 4.4.1.4 Work -- 4.4.1.5 Work Aspirations over the Life Course -- 4.5 Summary and Discussion -- References -- Chapter-5 -- Gender Dimensions of Quality of Life in Algeria -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Gender Equalities: The Current Situation.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index. Description based on online resource; title from PDF title page (ebrary, viewed January 12, 2014)
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 27
    ISBN: 9781461493969
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 119 p. 37 illus., 26 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerBriefs in Archaeology
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Farrujia de la Rosa, A. José Archaeology of the margins
    RVK:
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Humanities ; Archaeology ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Humanities ; Archaeology ; Kanarische Inseln ; Archäologie ; Kulturerbe
    Abstract: This book analyses the problematics of archaeological heritage management in the Canary Islands, which are echoed in other parts of the world where the indigenous heritage is under-represented. The present-day management of Canarian archaeological heritage has a very specific and unusual context given that the archipelago is located on the fringes of Europe, belonging to Spain and therefore to the European Unión, but geographically and in terms of early history being part of Africa. From a theoretical perspective, then, the proposed book analyzes issues such as the effects of colonialism and eurocentrism on the management of the archaeological heritage. It also examines the evolutionist and historico-cultural models used to analyze past societies and, ultimately, used to create identities that influence archaeological heritage management itself. From a practical point of view, the book presents a proposal for enhancing the archaeological heritage of the Canary Islands through the creation of archaeological parks (providing some concrete examples in the case of the city of La Laguna) and the active involvement of the local community. Parallel to this, the book considers the Canarian Archipelago as part of a problematic that is not unique to this area but is an example of poor indigenous heritage management overall. It demonstrates how the course of history and the politics of the past still have an excessive influence on the way in which the present-day archaeological heritage is interpreted and managed. Therefore, this book provides an almost unique opportunity for uncovering the history of archaeology within the margins of Europe (in fact, in an African region) and exploring colonial and foreign influences. In many ways it is a mirror of archaeological mainstreams and an exercise in (re)thinking the aim and status of present-day archaeology
    Description / Table of Contents: IntroductionChapter I: The invention of Canarian prehistory and early archaeological heritage management in the 19th century (1868-1936).-Chapter II: Archaeology and dictatorship: the centralisation of archaeological heritage management (1939-1975) -- Chapter III In search of the indigenous culture of the Canary Islands (1975-2012).
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 28
    ISBN: 9789400709294
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXXVII, 1860 p. 29 illus., 26 illus. in color. eReference, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Keywords: Humanities ; Humanities / Arts ; Ethics ; Philosophy of nature ; Agriculture ; Environmental law ; Landwirtschaft ; Nahrung ; Ethik
    Abstract: This Encyclopedia offers a definitive source on issues pertaining to the full range of topics in the important new area of food and agricultural ethics. It includes summaries of historical approaches, current scholarship, social movements, and new trends from the standpoint of the ethical notions that have shaped them. It combines detailed analyses of specific topics such as the role of antibiotics in animal production, the Green Revolution, and alternative methods of organic farming, with longer entries that summarize general areas of scholarship and explore ways that they are related. Renewed debate, discussion and inquiry into food and agricultural topics have become a hallmark of the turn toward more sustainable policies and lifestyles in the 21st century. Attention has turned to the goals and ethical rationale behind production, distribution and consumption of food, as well as to non-food uses of cultivated biomass and the products of animal husbandry. These wide-ranging debates encompass questions in human nutrition, animal rights and the environmental impacts of aquaculture and agricultural production. Each of these and related topics is both technically complex and involves an - often implicit - ethical dimension. Other topics include methods for integrating ethics into scientific and technical research programs or development projects, the role of intensive agriculture and biotechnology in addressing persistent world hunger and the role of crops, forests and engineered organisms in making a transition to renewable, carbon-neutral sources of energy. The Encyclopedia of Food and Agricultural Ethics proves an indispensible reference point for future research and writing on topics in agriculture and food ethics for decades to come
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 29
    ISBN: 9789048139316
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XI, 353 p. 46 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Teaching Science and Investigating Environmental Issues with Geospatial Technology
    Keywords: Geographical information systems ; Science Study and teaching ; Education
    Abstract: This book provides research-grounded and practically-minded insights into teacher professional development in support of integrating GIS and other geospatial technologies into K-12 science teaching. In this volume 50 designers, educators and researchers share their experiences, knowledge, and lessons learned from a wide variety of projects. Readers will find a myriad of ideas and perspectives that they can apply to their own teacher professional development projects, as they work to provide students with engaging opportunities for learning science. Geospatial technologies enable teachers to teach in fundamentally new ways, building student interest and skill through active engagement in critical thinking and project or inquiry-based learning. Students are naturally drawn to looking at landscapes and interpreting features through analysis of both shape and form. Given the chance to manipulate spatial data, students revel in deciphering mysteries, exploring scientific explanations, and linking causes with consequences. The passion and interest demonstrated by students using geospatial tools has motivated an increasing number of K-12 teachers to embrace the use of these technologies for teaching and learning science. Given the nature and complexity of these tools, high quality professional development is essential for providing teachers with the support and guidance they need to use geospatial technologies effectively. This book will be of special interest to scientists, geographers, and science educators who are designing or delivering teacher professional development in support of teaching with technology. The case studies make it possible for readers to identify specific paths forward regarding both research and practice. GIS and other geospatial technologies offer teachers an effective way to engage students in the analysis of authentic data in ways called for by the Next Generation Science Standards and the National Geography Standards. With the improvements in the usability of the tools, the time is right to bring GIS and other geospatial technologies into all K-12 classrooms. The chapters in this book will enable teachers and teacher educators to make that happen. Daniel C. Edelson, Ph.D., Vice President for Education, National Geographic Society While increasing numbers of people use basic geospatial technologies, their power to enliven science has not yet been explored by most educators. This robust and thoughtful compilation focuses on how to supp ...
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 30
    ISBN: 9789400765559
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XLIX, 1256 p. 26 illus., 17 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: Springer International Handbooks of Education 29
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Keywords: Education
    Abstract: The International Handbook on Educational Leadership and Social (In)Justice creates a first-of-its-kind international forum on conceptualizing the meanings of social justice and leadership, research approaches in studying social justice and combating social injustices, school, university and teacher leadership for social justice, advocacy and advocates for social justice, socio-cultural representations of social injustices, glocal policies, and leadership development as interventions. The Handbook is as much forward-looking as it is a retrospective review of educational research literatures on social justice from a variety of educational subfields including educational leadership, higher education academic networks, special education, health education, teacher education, professional development, policy analyses, and multicultural education. The Handbook celebrates the promises of social justice while providing the educational leadership research community with concrete, contextualized illustrations on how to address inequities and combat social, political and economic injustices through the processes of education in societies and educational institutions around the world
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 31
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789401780056
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIII, 592 p. 29 illus., 2 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: Higher Education: Handbook of Theory and Research 29
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Higher Education ; 29
    RVK:
    Keywords: Curriculum planning ; Education, Higher ; Education ; USA ; Hochschulbildung
    Abstract: Published annually since 1985, the Handbook series provides a compendium of thorough and integrative literature reviews on a diverse array of topics of interest to the higher education scholarly and policy communities. Each chapter provides a comprehensive review of research findings on a selected topic, critiques the research literature in terms of its conceptual and methodological rigor and sets forth an agenda for future research intended to advance knowledge on the chosen topic. The Handbook focuses on a comprehensive set of central areas of study in higher education that encompasses the salient dimensions of scholarly and policy inquiries undertaken in the international higher education community. Each annual volume contains chapters on such diverse topics as research on college students and faculty, organization and administration, curriculum and instruction, policy, diversity issues, economics and finance, history and philosophy, community colleges, advances in research methodology and more. The series is fortunate to have attracted annual contributions from distinguished scholars throughout the world
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 32
    ISBN: 9789400776517
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXI, 295 p. 2 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Keywords: Science Study and teaching ; Educational tests and measurements ; Education
    Abstract: This book offers valuable guidance for science teacher educators looking for ways to facilitate preservice and inservice teachers’ pedagogy relative to teaching students from underrepresented and underserved populations in the science classroom. It also provides solutions that will better equip science teachers of underrepresented student populations with effective strategies that challenge the status quo, and foster classrooms environment that promotes equity and social justice for all of their science students. Multicultural Science Education illuminates historically persistent, yet unresolved issues in science teacher education from the perspectives of a remarkable group of science teacher educators and presents research that has been done to address these issues. It centers on research findings on underserved and underrepresented groups of students and presents frameworks, perspectives, and paradigms that have implications for transforming science teacher education. In addition, the chapters provide an analysis of the socio-cultural-political consequences in the ways in which science teacher education is theoretically conceptualized and operationalized in the United States. The book provides teacher educators with a framework for teaching through a lens of equity and social justice, one that may very well help teachers enhance the participation of students from traditionally underrepresented and underserved groups in science, technology, engineering, and mathematics (STEM) areas and help them realize their full potential in science. Moreover, science educators will find this book useful for professional development workshops and seminars for both novice and veteran science teachers.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 33
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    New York, NY : Springer New York
    ISBN: 9781493902835
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XI, 114 p. 25 illus., 20 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerBriefs in Archaeology
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Archaeological dimension of World Heritage
    RVK:
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Humanities ; Archaeology ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Humanities ; Archaeology ; Archäologie ; Weltkulturerbe
    Abstract: This volume presents case studies from around the world aiming to serve as a hands-on book for management and treatment of archaeological World Heritage properties. It comprises not only sites inscribed as World Heritage due to their archaeological character but also World Heritage properties where the analysis of their archaeological dimension provides a deeper and better understanding of the assets and includes the potential for disseminating this knowledge. The book has an important practical value, since all the works presented here illustrate - with practical examples, the best and most appropriate ways to manage World Heritage properties. The aim of the heritage managers at these World Heritage sites is to improve conservation and increase understanding and communication in such a way that the communities living in those sites or who earn a livelihood from them can be positively affected by these initiatives.The book presents exemplary models of heritage management in World Heritage propertiesan issue not treated in depth up to now and Best Practices in this management. Therefore, this volume becomes a new, original source presenting model strategies to be followed by other initiatives in order to improve the consideration and treatment of the most outstanding valued sites considered by UNESCO.
    Description / Table of Contents: Foreword; Contents; Contributors; About the Editor; Chapter 1: Archaeological Dimension of World Heritage: From Prevention to Social Implications; Introduction; World Heritage and the Archaeological Dimension; From Prevention to Social Implications; Toward Best Practices; References; Chapter 2: An Approach on the Application of Preventive Archaeology in Havana's Historic Center, Cuba; Historical Background; Institutional Framework; Foundation of Management Models; Theoretical Framework; Procedure; Defining Zones for Protection; Conclusions; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 3: A Three-Dimensional Approach to the Documentation and Analysis of Heritage Sites: A Case Study from the Cypriot Cultural Heritage LandscapeIntroduction; Description of the Case Study; Workflow Methodology; Preliminary Results; Discussion and Future Work; References; Chapter 4: The Willandra Lakes Region World Heritage Area, New South Wales, Australia: Land Use Planning and Management of Aboriginal and Archaeological Heritage; Introduction; Sustaining the Willandra; Individual Property Plans (IPPs); Mungo National Park: Changing Park Management
    Description / Table of Contents: Individual Site Plans and Site Conservation ChallengesChanging Land Use Patterns; Recent Research; Conclusions; References; Chapter 5: Is World Heritage a Heritage of the Community?; Introduction; São Miguel das Missões: A Brief Overview; "São Miguel das Missões: Musealization Beyond the Classified Monument": Structure and Results of the Project; Preparing the Ground; Implementing the Actions; Identifying Some Results; Toward an Analysis and Assessment of the Project; Conclusion; References; Chapter 6: Libya Before and After the Conflict: What Future for Its Cultural Heritage?; Introduction
    Description / Table of Contents: The Libyan Saharan Heritage: Key IssuesThreats to the Property Before the Conflict; Pre-conflict Actions; Post-conflict Situation; Future Practices; Conclusions; References; Chapter 7: The Protection of the Archaeological Heritage in Minorcan Urban Planning: Forward-Looking Management Models; Introduction; Archaeological Chart of Minorca; Catalogues and Municipal Regulations; Municipality of Ciutadella; Municipality of Es Castell; Municipality of Es Mercadal; Municipality of Ferreries; Municipality of Alaior; Municipality of Mahón; Municipality of San Luís; Municipality of Es Migjorn Gran
    Description / Table of Contents: Special Plans for the Protection of Natural Areas of Special InterestThe Island Territorial Plan of Minorca; Looking to the Future: What Management Model Do We Want for the Archaeological Heritage of Minorca, a World Heritage Nominee?; Conclusion; References; Chapter 8: Best Practices in World Heritage: Archaeology; Introduction; Declaration of Principles; Best Practices; Actions; Knowing; Preventing; Working Through Transdisciplinarity; Socioeconomic Dimension; Proactive and Dynamic Acting; Counting on and Promoting Social Participation; Implement Feedback Methodologies; Tools
    Description / Table of Contents: Professional Ethics
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 34
    ISBN: 9781461473664
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xxvi, 444 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    RVK:
    Keywords: Curriculum planning ; Education ; Education ; Curriculum planning ; Education Psychology ; Hochschule ; Informationstechnik ; Neue Medien ; E-Learning ; Curriculum
    Abstract: Changing student profiles and the increasing availability of mainstream and specialized learning technologies are stretching the traditional face-to-face models of teaching and learning in higher education. Institutions, too, are facing far-reaching systemic changes which are placing strains on existing resources and physical infrastructure and calling into question traditional ways of teaching through lectures and tutorials. And, with an ever-increasing scrutiny on teaching and teachers’ accountability for positive educational outcomes, the call for closer attention to learning, teaching and, most especially, to the design and delivery of the curriculum is given increasing relevance and importance. Research provides strong evidence of the potential for technologies to facilitate not only cognition and learning but also to become integral components in the redesign of current curriculum models. Some Universities and individual academics have moved along this pathway, developing new and innovative curriculum, blending pedagogies and technologies to suit their circumstances. Yet, there are others, unsure of the possibilities, the opportunities and constraints in these changing times. Curriculum Models for the 21st Century gives insights into how teaching and learning can be done differently. The focus is on a whole of curriculum approach, looking at theoretical models and examples of practice which capitalize on the potential of technologies to deliver variations and alternatives to the more traditional lecture-based model of University teaching
    Description / Table of Contents: Theoretical Considerations of Curriculum Mapping for the 21st CenturyCase Studies: moving beyond traditional practice, theoretical underpinnings fro change, issues and implications arising from experience, future development and directions -- Technological and pedagogical innovations influencing curriculum renewal: emerging concepts and examples of best practice -- Sustainable educational practice in technology-rich environments -- Transforming new ideas and practices into curriculum models -- Finding and developing resources for curriculum transformation -- Integrating innovation into mainstream practices -- Analysis of important challenges to accomplishing sustainable curriculum change.   .
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 35
    ISBN: 9781461483854
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVIII, 198 p. 10 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: Springer Series in Transitional Justice 6
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Cultural heritage ; International relations ; Cross-cultural psychology ; Psychology ; Philosophy (General) ; Humanities ; Applied psychology ; Kriegsverbrechen ; Psychische Verarbeitung ; Transitional Justice
    Abstract: The re-assesment of transitional justice as both an institutional craft and a system of knowledge has been ongoing for sometime now. The Arts of Transitional Justice: Culture, Activism and Memory After Atrocity contributes to this revaluation by focusing on the prevalence of art and aesthetic practices in the various domains and institutions of transitional justice. Interdisciplinary in approach, this volume provides personal and intellectual contributions by literary and cultural critics, legal scholars, artists and activists as well as policy experts. It ranges across theatre, public art installations, literary fiction and public protest, poems and film, photography, museums, monuments and body art. How are these cultural performances used in the practices of transitional justice? What can and do they tell us about the discourses of transitional justice, and their representations of the cultural and social transformations of post-conflict societies? How do they provide provide a forum and idiom through which survivors of atrocity can have their voices heard, can tell their story, as well as evaluate and reflect on the transitional justice mechanisms in their society? This volume seeks to understand the significant and plural role that artists, works of art and more broadly aesthetic performances have played in societies in transition. Among the topics covered are: Cultural intervention and the imagination of peace and transition Education, photography and fictional narratives after Genocide Memory, performance and trauma Public protest, public art and cities in transformation The role of theatre in healing in Afghanistan, Serbia and beyond Diasporic communities and the artefacts of lives recalled The reception of artworks by survivors of atrocity The dilemmas of transitional justice scholarship and the feeling for justice With its global and detailed case studies approach, The Arts of Transitional Justice is a significant resource for those interested in the role of the arts in responding to the multidimensional legacies of atrocity as well as those interested in the transformation of transitional justice. In coming to terms with the past and setting the terms and conditions of a different future, it engages the plural idioms of accountability and responsibility, memory and trauma, justice and the rhetoric of transition after atrocity
    Description / Table of Contents: The Demands of Art in Transitional Justice Processes.-   Dispersed Memories:  Diaspora, Reconciliation and Healing Activism, Public Debate and Temporal Complexities in Fighting for Transitional Justice in Serbia -- Aesthetic Approaches to Justice: Addressing Jedwabne -- Theatre and Justice: A Grassroots Approach to Transitional Justice in Afghanistan --  You are allowed (to be alive!) How art can give permission -- The Visions of Literary Justice for Survivors of Srebrenica: Examining the Fictional Narratives of Srebrenica Genocide in Light of the Insights from Transitional Justice.-  Frames of Genocide: Between performativity and aesthetics, memorials and archives in the Transitional Justice Process in Rwanda -- The Artistic Imaginary and Transitional Justice in Northern Ireland -- The Staging of History in Cambodia -- On the Transformation of Wounds: Pictures as an engine of justice --  Memorial Culture in the former Yugoslavia: The Mothers of Srebenica and the destruction of artefacts by the ICTY -- The plural jurisdictions of transitional aesthetics: bearing witness in liminal spaces.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 36
    ISBN: 9789400770430
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 248 p. 14 illus., 12 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: Innovation and Change in Professional Education 9
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Teaching and learning the European Union
    RVK:
    Keywords: Education, Higher ; Education ; Education ; Education, Higher ; Europäische Union ; Hochschulbildung ; Bildung
    Abstract: This volume examines the EU’s changing educational context and its challenges. Based on an extensive survey of more than 2000 European Studies courses in 30 European countries, it maps and analyses the features of teaching methodologies as they emerge from both disciplinary as well as interdisciplinary curricula. It presents a series of case studies on some of the most-used innovative teaching tools emerging in the field such as simulation games, e-learning, problem based learning, blended learning, and learning through the use of social networks. Based on the contributors’ own experiences and academic research, the book examines both strengths and possible pitfalls of these increasingly popular methods. The book’s critical approach will inspire educators and scholars committed to improving the teaching methods and tools in the area of European Studies and other programmes of higher education facing similar challenges
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Introduction - Teaching European Studies: Educational ChallengesPART I - EUROPEAN STUDIES: CONTEXTS AND CHALLENGES -- 2. Shaping the New Professional for the New Professions; W.H. Gijselaers, A. Dailey-Hebert and A.C. Niculescu -- 3. Working at the EU Institutions: New Human Resources Selection Strategy; N.D. Bearfield -- 4. Educating for EU Citizenship and Civic Engagement through Active Learning; G. J. van Dyke -- 5. Multilingual Universities: Policies and Practices; R. Franceschini and D. Veronesi -- 6. Thinking Europe: A Canadian Academic Immersion inside the European Institutions - EU Study Tour and Internship Program; E. Lavalle and A. Berlin -- PART II - MAPPING INNOVATIONS IN TEACHING AND LEARNING -- 7. Mapping Innovative Teaching Methods and Tools in European Studies: Results from a Comprehensive Study; S. Baroncelli, F. Fonti and G. Stevancevic -- 8. Innovativeness in Teaching European Studies: an Empirical Investigation; F. Fonti and G. Stevancevic -- 9. Linguistic Pluralism in European Studies; S. Baroncelli -- PART III - INNOVATIVE TEACHING AND EARNING IN EUROPEAN STUDIES -- 10. Assessing EU Simulations: Evidence from the Transatlantic EuroSim; R. Jones and P. Bursens -- 11. Distance Learning as an Alternative Method of Teaching European Studies; N. Timus -- 12. Problem Based Learning in European Studies; H. Maurer and C. Neuhold -- 13. Finding the Right Mix? Teaching European Studies through Blended Learning; A. Mihai -- 14. The Network is the Message: Social Networks as Teaching Tools; R. Farneti, I. Bianchi, T. Mayrgündter and J. Niederhauser -- Biographies -- Index.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 37
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9783319065267
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 338 p. 65 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Models and Modeling in Science Education 8
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Science teachers' use of visual representations
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Science Study and teaching ; Education ; Education ; Science Study and teaching ; Education ; Science Study and teaching ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Hochschule ; Lehre ; Visualisierung
    Abstract: This book examines the diverse use of visual representations by teachers in the science classroom. It contains unique pedagogies related to the use of visualization, presents original curriculum materials as well as explores future possibilities. The book begins by looking at the significance of visual representations in the teaching of science. It then goes on to detail two recent innovations in the field: simulations and slowmation, a process of explicit visualization. It also evaluates the way teachers have used different diagrams to illustrate concepts in biology and chemistry. Next, the book explores the use of visual representations in culturally diverse classrooms, including the implication of culture for teachers’ use of representations, the crucial importance of language in the design and use of visualizations, and visualizations in popular books about chemistry. It also shows the place of visualizations in the growing use of informal, self-directed science education. Overall, the book concludes that if the potential of visualizations in science education is to be realized in the future, the subject must be included in both pre-service and in-service teacher education. It explores ways to develop science teachers’ representational competence and details the impact that this will have on their teaching. The worldwide trend towards providing science education for all, coupled with the increased availability of color printing, access to personal computers and projection facilities, has lead to a more extensive and diverse use of visual representations in the classroom. This book offers unique insights into the relationship between visual representations and science education, making it an ideal resource for educators as well as researchers in science education, visualization and pedagogy
    Description / Table of Contents: Section A: Research into teaching with visual representationsIntroduction -- Chapter 1 : The significance of visual representations in the teaching of science, B. Eilam, J.K. Gilbert -- Chapter 2 : Teaching and researching visual representations: Shared vision or divided world? S. Ainsworth & L. Newton -- Section B: Teachers’ selections, constructions and use of visual representations -- Introduction -- Chapter 3 : Representing visually: What teachers know and what they prefer, B. Eilam, Y. Poyas, R. Hasimshoni -- Chapter 4 : Slowmation: A process of explicit visualisation, J. Loughran -- Chapter 5 : Secondary biology teachers’ use of different types of diagrams for different purposes, Y. Liu, M. Won, D.F. Treagust -- Chapter 6 : Teaching stoichiometry with particulate diagrams - linking macro phenomena and chemical equations, M.W. Cheng, J.K. Gilbert -- Section C: Teachers’ use of visual representations in culturally-diverse classrooms -- Introduction -- Chapter 7 : Thoughts on visualizations in diverse cultural settings: The case of France and Pakistan, E. De Vries, M. Ashraf -- Chapter 8 : The implication of culture for teachers’ use of representations, B. Waldrip, S. Satupo, F. Rodie -- Chapter 9 : The interplay between language and visualization: The role of the teacher, L. Mammino -- Chapter 10: Visualizations in popular books about chemistry, J.K. Gilbert, A. Afonso -- Section D: Teachers’ supporting student learning from visual representations -- Introduction -- Chapter 11 : Teachers using interactive simulations to scaffold inquiry instruction in physical science education, D. Geelan, X.Fan -- Chapter 12: Transformed instruction: Teaching in a student-generated representations learning environment, O. Parnafes, R. Trachtenberg-Maslaton -- Chapter 13: The laboratory for making things: Developing multiple representations of knowledge, J. Bamberger -- Section E: Overview -- Chapter 14: Developing science teachers’ representational competence and its impact on their teaching, J.K.Gilbert, B. Eilam.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 38
    ISBN: 9781461487241
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVIII, 236 p. 30 illus., 6 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Against typological tyranny in archaeology
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Regional planning ; Humanities ; Archaeology ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Regional planning ; Humanities ; Archaeology ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Südamerika ; Archäologie ; Archäologie ; Typologie ; Südamerika ; Kritik
    Abstract: The papers in this book question the tyranny of typological thinking in archaeology through case studies from various South American countries (Venezuela, Colombia, Bolivia, Argentina, and Brazil) and Antarctica. They aim to show that typologies are unavoidable (they are, after all, the way to create networks that give meanings to symbols) but that their tyranny can be overcome if they are used from a critical, heuristic and non-prescriptive stance: critical because the complacent attitude towards their tyranny is replaced by a militant stance against it; heuristic because they are used as means to reach alternative and suggestive interpretations but not as ultimate and definite destinies; and non-prescriptive because instead of using them as threads to follow they are rather used as constitutive parts of more complex and connective fabrics. The papers included in the book are diverse in temporal and locational terms. They cover from so called Formative societies in lowland Venezuela to Inca-related ones in Bolivia; from the coastal shell middens of Brazil to the megalithic sculptors of SW Colombia. Yet, the papers are related. They have in common their shared rejection of established, naturalized typologies that constrain the way archaeologists see, forcing their interpretations into well known and predictable conclusions. Their imaginative interpretative proposals flee from the secure comfort of venerable typologies, many suspicious because of their association with colonial political narratives. Instead, the authors propose novel ways of dealing with archaeological data
    Description / Table of Contents: Against typological tyranny. Cristóbal Gnecco and Carl LangebaekSocial complexity in ancient Amerindian societies: perspectives from the Brazilian lowlands. Cristiana Barreto -- Blind men and an elephant: exchange systems and sociopolitical organizations in the Orinoco basin and neighboring areas in pre-Hispanic times. Rafael Gassón -- Palenques and palisades: a revision of social complexity issues in contact- period eastern Venezuela. Rodrigo Navarrete -- Agricola est quem domus demonstrate. Alejandro Haber -- Social space and the archaeology of inequality: insights into social differences at Ambato valley, southern Andes, Argentina. Andrés Laguens -- Poor chiefs: corporate dimensions of pre-Inca society in the southern Andes. Axel Nielsen -- Against the domain of master narratives: archaeology and Antarctic history. María Ximena Senatore and Andres Zarankin -- Testing a model of site location in the Alto Magdalena, Colombia. Víctor González -- Children of the creeks: cultural characterization of Nasa politics. Wilhelm Londoño -- On hybrids recently unleashed. Cristóbal Gnecco -- The role of place-making in chiefdom societies. Hope Henderson -- Words, things and text: El Infiernito, archaeology, documents and ethnology in the study of Muisca society. Carl Henrik Langebaek.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 39
    ISBN: 9789400742734
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXIII, 342 p. 6 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Schooling for Sustainable Development 4
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Sustainable development ; Education ; Education ; Sustainable development ; Erziehung ; Nachhaltigkeit
    Abstract: Education for sustainable development (ESD) presents an intriguing challenge in developed countries. The very notion of sustainable development may appear to be at cross-purposes with the social and political aims of large industrial economies. Yet, arguably, the residents of wealthy countries may be most in need of new ways of thinking and behaving on an increasingly more fragile and crowded planet. This book presents a collection of essays that capture the depth and diversity of education for sustainable development (ESD) work in formal education in Canada and the United States. Many of the authors are pioneers in the field of ESD, not only in their own countries but internationally. In this book, they share their expertise, lessons learned, and insights into the ongoing success of their work. The essays reflect leading edge practice, innovation, and depth of experience and provide clear models and strategies for expanding the application and influence of ESD in wealthy countries. The ESD programs described in the book are relevant and culturally appropriate for the specific locally contexts in which they are found but also in the larger context of ESD writ large as a planetary endeavour.
    Description / Table of Contents: Schooling for Sustainable Development in Canada and the United States; Series Editors' Introduction; Acknowledgements; Contents; Biographies of Contributors; List of Figures; List of Tables; Part I: Schooling for Sustainable Development in Canada and the United States-An Overview; Chapter 1: Education for Sustainable Development in Canada and the United States; Formal Education in the New Millennium; Purpose and Structure of This Book; Schooling and Sustainable Development; Schooling; Sustainable Development; What Is ESD?; United Nations Decade of ESD; Four Thrusts of ESD
    Description / Table of Contents: Improving Access and Retention in Quality Basic EducationReorienting Existing Educational Programs to Address Sustainability; Increasing Public Understanding and Awareness of Sustainability; Providing Training to All Sectors of the Workforce; Four Thrusts and Formal/Non-Formal Education; ESD and Student Engagement; Purpose of Education; Chapters and Interrelationships Between Chapters; The Author's Voice; Concluding Remarks; References; Chapter 2: Education for Sustainable Development in Formal Education in Canada; The Canadian Context; Responsibility for Education; Regional Differences
    Description / Table of Contents: Elementary and Secondary EducationLocal Governance; Contemporary Challenges; ESD in Canada: A Historical Perspective; Early Challenges in Implementing Agenda 21 in Canada; Box 2.1 Reflections on the Beginnings of ESD; ESD and Formal Education Before the UNDESD; ESD and Formal Education After the Beginning of the UNDESD; Canadian Commission for UNESCO; Ministries of Education; Revisiting the Scope and Mandate of ESD; Higher Education; K-12 Changes in ESD; Measuring Educational Success and Striving for Equity; An Uncertain Future; Courage to Question; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 3: Education for Sustainability in the K-12 Educational System of the United StatesIntroduction; The Changing System; The National Policy Landscape; The State Policy Landscape; The Role of Nongovernmental Organizations; Changing Practices; Curriculum; Pedagogy; School-Level Projects; Challenges and Questions for the Future; References; Part II: Teacher Education; Chapter 4: Teacher Education and ESD in the United States: The Vision, Challenges, and Implementation; The Context of Teacher Education in the United States; Teacher Education and Public School Reform
    Description / Table of Contents: Impacts of the Economic RecessionChallenge or Opportunity?; Reorienting Teacher Education to Address Sustainable Development; Focus on Improving Outcomes for All Students; Embed ESD in the Process of Learning to Be a Teacher; Use Existing Structures and Processes; Certificate Programs; Sustainability Concentration; State Endorsement and Certification Requirements; Certification; Specialty Area Endorsement; Accreditation of TEIs; Provide Professional Development for Faculty and Administrators; Concluding Remarks; References; Chapter 5: Preservice Teaching and Pedagogies of Transformation
    Description / Table of Contents: An Apprenticeship of Observation
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 40
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400750197 , 1283634309 , 9781283634304
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVIII, 209 p. 4 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Studies in Educational Leadership 18
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Education, Higher ; Education ; Education ; Education, Higher ; Hochschulorganisation ; Frau
    Abstract: Our colleges and universities are being led in large part by baby boomers who are now in later midlife. Huge numbers of those middle-aged leaders will retire within the next 10 years. While we know that being in later midlife and impending retirement must influence a person in a leadership position at an institution of higher learning, we dont really understand how. This book is based upon an empirical study that linked higher education leadership to one aspect of midlife known as generativity. This psychosocial phenomenon was described by Erik Erikson as a desire that peaks in midlife to leave something for future generations before one dies. Generativity typically manifests itself in the legacy one intends to leave. The author of this book has completed a multiple case study of women who are in later midlife and who hold high-level leadership positions at an institution of higher learning. In this work, she shares more than has ever been known about the nature, antecedents, and support of generativity in the leadership of female higher education leaders in midlife.
    Description / Table of Contents: Lasting Female Educational Leadership; Preface; Acknowledgements; Contents; Chapter 1: Leadership Legacies: Immortal Higher Education Leadership; Need and Background; A Statement of the Research Problem and Questions; Why Study Women in Leadership?; Purpose of the Study; Audience of the Study; Definition of Terms; Midlife; Higher Education Leader; Generativity; Generative Motivation; Generative Realization; Generative Chill; Generative Ethics; Communal Modes of Generativity; Agentic Modes of Generativity; Leadership; Developmental Antecedents of Generativity Motivation
    Description / Table of Contents: Higher Education Leadership LegacyPositive Role Model; Negative Role Model; Mentor; Leadership Coach; Summary; Exercise: In fl uential Legacies; Chapter 2: Why Legacy Matters More in Midlife; Erik Erikson's Theory of Generativity; Practical Questions of My Research Study; Why is Leadership so Dif fi cult to Study?; Which Leadership Framework is Appropriate for My Research Study?; What Selection Criteria Can I Use to Identify Higher Education Leaders?; Why Study Midlife Leaders Who Work Particularly in Higher Education?; How Does Generativity Manifest Itself Particularly in Women?
    Description / Table of Contents: What Else Did My Literature Review Uncover?Summary; Exercise: Childhood and Early Adulthood Antecedents to Generativity Strivings; Chapter 3: The Case Study; Rationale for Choosing the Naturalistic Paradigm; Rationale for Taking a Qualitative Research Approach; Rationale for Conducting a Case Study; Criteria for Study Participation; Methodology Summary; Exercise: A Higher Education Leadership Legacy Survey; Chapter 4: Characteristics that Influence Leadership Legacies; Description of Informants; Pseudonyms; Preparation; Insights; Within-Case Data Presentation; Cordelia; Desdemona; Juliet
    Description / Table of Contents: OpheliaPortia; Titania; Cross-Case Data Presentation; Research Question 1: What is the Nature of Generativity in Leadership?; Research Question 2: What are the Antecedents of Leadership Generativity Motivation?; Research Question 3: What Environmental Factors Within a Higher Education Setting Facilitate or Inhibit Leadership Generativity?; Summary; Exercise: How Do Your Experiences Compare with the Study's Research Findings?; Chapter 5: Developing Generative Higher Education Leaders; Purpose of My Study; Responses to Research Questions: A Discussion
    Description / Table of Contents: Research Question 1: What is the Nature of Generativity in Leadership?Key Finding 1: The Informants Believed That Being in Midlife Strongly Increased Their Generativity Motivation; Key Finding 2: The Informants Believed That Being a Woman Strongly In fl uenced Their Leadership Generativity; Key Finding 3: The Informants' Leadership Generativity Was In fl uenced by Their Positivity; Key Finding 4: The informants' Daily Activities and Responsibilities at the Local Level Constituted Their Leadership Generativity; Research Question 2: What are the Antecedents of Generativity Motivation?
    Description / Table of Contents: Key Finding 5: The informants' Leadership Generativity Was a Function of Their Having Grown Up in a Particular Time
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 41
    ISBN: 9789400748163 , 1283634147 , 9781283634144
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIV, 216 p. 15 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Studies in Educational Leadership 17
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Data-based decision making in education
    RVK:
    Keywords: Educational tests and measurements ; Education ; Education ; Educational tests and measurements ; Education ; Decision making ; Data mining ; Erziehung ; Entscheidung ; Data Mining ; Erziehung ; Entscheidung ; Data Mining
    Abstract: In a context where schools are held more and more accountable for the education they provide, data-based decision making has become increasingly important. This book brings together scholars from several countries to examine data-based decision making. Data-based decision making in this book refers to making decisions based on a broad range of evidence, such as scores on students assessments, classroom observations etc.This book supports policy-makers, people working with schools, researchers and school leaders and teachers in the use of data, by bringing together the current research conducted on data use across multiple countries into a single volume. Some of these studies are best practice studies, where effective data use has led to improvements in student learning. Others provide insight into challenges in both policy and practice environments. Each of them draws on research and literature in the field.
    Description / Table of Contents: Contents; About the Authors; About the Editors; Chapter 1 Introduction; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 How Will This Book Help You?; 1.3 Organization of Chapters; References; Chapter 2 Data-based Decision Making: An Overview; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Broadening Our Understanding of Data; 2.3 Why Data?; 2.3.1 The Nature of Effective Teaching and School Leadership; 2.3.2 Evidence of Improvements in Student Learning and Achievement; 2.4 The Process of Using Data; 2.5 How Data Can be Used; 2.6 Reflection Questions; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 3 Analysis and Discussion of Classroom andAchievement Data to Raise Student Achievement3.1 Introduction: Context Description; 3.2 Why Decision-Making Using Data Requires Linking Achievement Patterns to Classroom Practices; 3.3 The Overall Intervention Model in Three Clusters; 3.4 Gains in Achievement; 3.5 Analysis and Discussion of Data; 3.5.1 General Process of Analysing and Discussing Achievement Data; 3.5.2 General Process of Analysing and Discussing Observation Data; 3.5.3 Linking Student Achievement to Classroom Observations; 3.6 Enablers and Discussion
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.7 Conclusions and Next Steps3.8 Reflection Questions; References; Chapter 4 From ``Intuition''- to ``Data''-based Decision Making in Dutch Secondary Schools?; 4.1 Introduction: Context Description; 4.2 Two Stories of Data-based Decision Making; 4.2.1 Data-based Decision Making in the Real World:School Level; 4.2.2 Data-based Decision Making in the Real World:Classroom Level; 4.2.3 Data-based Decision Making in a Perfect World:School Level; 4.2.4 Data-based Decision Making in a Perfect World:Classroom Level; 4.3 Supporting and Hindering Factors; 4.4 Possible Effects and Side Effects
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.5 Conclusion and Discussion4.6 Reflection Questions; References; Chapter 5 Professional Attitudes to the Use of Data in England; 5.1 Introduction and Background; 5.2 Research Questions and Research Base; 5.3 Selecting and Recruiting the Participating Schools; 5.4 Collection of Data; 5.5 Discussion of Findings; 5.5.1 Use of Pupil Attainment and Progress Data; 5.5.2 Teachers' Understanding of Pupil Attainment and Progress Data and Confidence in Their Skills to Access, Utilise and Interpret Data; 5.5.3 The Impact of Training and Continuing Professional Development
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.5.4 Management, Analysis and Interpretation of Pupil Attainment and Progress Data: Who Does Whatand Who Should Do What in Schools?5.5.5 The Rationale for Collecting Pupil Attainment and Progress Data: What Teachers Perceive It To Be and What They Consider It Should Be; 5.6 Summary and Conclusion; 5.7 Reflection Questions; References; Chapter 6 Approaches to Effective Data Use: Does One Size Fit All?; 6.1 Introduction: Context; 6.2 Data Dissemination and Data Use: How the One Influences the Other; 6.3 Research Design and Methodology; 6.3.1 The Feedback System; 6.3.2 Sample
    Description / Table of Contents: 6.3.3 Instruments and Data Collection
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 42
    ISBN: 9789400762473
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 221 p. 6 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Educational Research 7
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Educational research: the importance and effects of institutional spaces
    RVK:
    Keywords: Education ; Education ; Education Philosophy ; Education ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Pädagogik ; Forschung
    Abstract: This collection of fresh analyses aims to map the links between educational theory and research, and the geographical and physical spaces in which teaching is practiced and discussed. The authors combine historical and philosophical perspectives in examining the differing institutional loci of education research, and also assess the potential and the limitations of each. The contributors trace the effects of ‘space’ on educational practice in the classroom, in the broader institutions, and in the academic discipline of education-doing so for a range of international contexts. The chapters address various topics relating to the physical and geographical environment. How, for example, does geographical space shape researchers’ mental frameworks? How did the learning environments in which young children are taught today evolve? To what extent did parochialism shape America’s higher education system? How can our understanding of classroom practice be enhanced by concepts of space? The book acknowledges that texts themselves, as well as the research ‘arena’, are ‘spaces’ too, and notes the fascinating debate on the concept of space in the field of mathematics education. Indeed, as more and more students move online, the book analyses the rising importance of virtual spaces such as Web 2.0, which have major educational implications for researchers and students joining the innovative ‘virtual’ universities of the future.This publication, as well as the ones that are mentioned in the preliminary pages of this work, were realized by the Research Community (FWO Vlaanderen / Research Foundation Flanders, Belgium) Philosophy and History of the Discipline of Education: Faces and Spaces of Educational Research
    Description / Table of Contents: Earlier Volumes in this Series; Contents; Chapter 1: Exploring a Multitude of Spaces in Education and Educational Research; Notes; References; Chapter 2: American Democracy and Harold D. Lasswell: Institutional Spaces of 'Failure' and 'Success', Present and Past; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Institutional Failure; 2.3 Introducing Lasswell; 2.4 Democratic Character; 2.5 Innovation; 2.6 Assessment; 2.7 Conclusion; Notes; References; Chapter 3: The Power of the Parochial in Shaping the American System of Higher Education; 3.1 Rapid Expansion and Dispersion of US Colleges in the Nineteenth Century
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.2 Sources of Strength in a Humble Collection of Colleges3.3 Building New Capacity and Complexity into the System; 3.3.1 State Universities; 3.3.2 Land-Grant Colleges; 3.3.3 Normal Schools; 3.4 The System's Strengths in 1880; 3.4.1 Capacity in Place; 3.4.2 A Hardy Band of Survivors; 3.4.3 Consumer Sensitivity; 3.4.4 Adaptable Enterprises; 3.4.5 A Populist Role; 3.4.6 A Practical Role; 3.5 The Pieces Come Together with the Emergence of the Research University; 3.5.1 A Research Role; 3.5.2 Merging the Populist, the Practical, and the Elite in the American System; Notes; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 4: Crossing the Atlantic to Gain Knowledge in the Field of Psycho-Pedagogy: The 1922 Mission of Ovide Decroly and R...4.1 Aspects of 'Macro'-space: Crossing the Atlantic to Gain Knowledge in the Field of Psycho-Pedagogy; 4.2 Aspects of 'Micro'-space: Travel Notes as the Basis for Writing Biographies About Educational Researchers; References; Archives; Literature; Chapter 5: The Emergence of Institutional Educational Spaces for Young Children: In Pursuit of More Controllability of Education and Developmentas Part of the Long-Term Growthof Educational Space in History; 5.1 Introduction
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.2 Educational Space, Educational Ambitions and Education and Childhood in History5.3 Supervision, Controllability and the Optimal Development of the Young; 5.4 The Development of New Educational Spaces for the Education of Young Children; 5.4.1 A Shift in Educational Theories; 5.4.2 Shift in Educational Policy; 5.4.3 Shift in Educational Practices in a New Institutional Space for Young Children; 5.5 Conclusion; Notes; References; Chapter 6: A Different Training, a Different Practice: Infant Care in Belgium in the Interwar Years in the City and in the Countryside
    Description / Table of Contents: 6.1 Introduction: The Development of Infant Care as an Educational Space6.2 The Training of Nurses as an Institutional Space of Educational Research; 6.3 Nursing as a Vocation: The Social Nurse Offering Social Education in the Countryside; 6.4 Nursing as a Profession: The Visiting Nurse Offering Medical Care in the City; 6.5 Conclusion: A Different Training, a Different Practice; Notes; References; Chapter 7: Disability, Rehabilitation and the Great War: Making Space for Silence in the History of Education; 7.1 Spaces, Silence and Educational Research
    Description / Table of Contents: 7.2 Retracing Silence in the History of Rehabilitation, 1914-1918
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Exploring a multitude of spaces in education and educational research -- 2. American democracy and Harold D. Lasswell: Institutional spaces of ‘failure’ and ‘success’, present and past -- 3. The power of the parochial in shaping the American system of Higher Education -- 4. Crossing the Atlantic to gain knowledge in the field of psycho-pedagogy: The 1922 mission of Ovide Decroly and Raymond Buyse to the USA and the travel diary of the latter -- 5. The emergence of institutional educational spaces for young children: In pursuit of more controllability of education and development as part of the long-term growth of educational space in history -- 6. A different training, a different practice. Infant care in Belgium in the interwar years in the city and in the countryside -- 7. Disability, rehabilitation & the Great War: Making space for silence in the History of Education -- 8. Interpretation: The space of text -- 9. Exploring educational research as a multi-layered discursive space -- 10. The spaces of mathematics: Dynamic encounters between local and universal -- 11. The classroom space: A problem or a mystery?- 12. Spaces and places in the virtual university -- 13. Material contexts and creation of meaning in virtual places: Web 2.0 as a space of educational research. 14. From entrepreneurialism to innovation: Research, critique, and the Innovation Union -- 15. About the Authors -- Index. ​.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and indexes
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 43
    ISBN: 9789400752078
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVIII, 262 p. 5 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Creemers, Bert, 1942 - Teacher professional development for improving quality of teaching
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Educational tests and measurements ; Education ; Education ; Educational tests and measurements ; Lehrer ; Berufserfahrung ; Unterricht ; Lehrer ; Berufserfahrung ; Unterricht
    Abstract: This book makes a major contribution to knowledge and theory by drawing implications of teacher effectiveness research for the field of teacher training and professional development. The first part of the book provides a critical review of research on teacher training and professional development and illustrates the limitations of the main approaches to teacher development such as the competence-based and the holistic approach. A dynamic perspective to policy and practice in teacher training and professional development is advocated. The second part of the book provides a critical review of research on teacher effectiveness. The main phases of this field of research are analysed. It is pointed out that teacher factors are presented as being in opposition to one another. An integrated approach in defining quality of teaching is adopted. The importance of taking into account findings of studies investigating differential teacher effectiveness is argued. Another significant limitation of this field of research is that the whole process of searching for teacher effectiveness factors was not able to have a significant impact upon teacher training and professional development. For this reason it is advocated that teacher training and professional development should be focused on how to address grouping of specific teacher factors associated with student learning and on how to help teachers improve their teaching skills by moving from using skills associated with direct teaching only to more advanced skills concerned with new teaching approaches and differentiation of teaching. The book refers to studies conducted in different countries illustrating how the proposed approach can be used by policy and practice in teacher education. Specifically, the book provides evidence supporting the validity of the theoretical framework upon which this approach is based. Moreover, experimental and longitudinal studies supporting the use of this approach for improvement purposes are presented and suggestions for further research utilising and expanding the Dynamic Approach for teacher training and professional development are provided
    Abstract: This book makes a major contribution to knowledge and theory by drawing implications of teacher effectiveness research for the field of teacher training and professional development. The first part of the book provides a critical review of research on teacher training and professional development and illustrates the limitations of the main approaches to teacher development such as the competence-based and the holistic approach. A dynamic perspective to policy and practice in teacher training and professional development is advocated. The second part of the book provides a critical review of research on teacher effectiveness. The main phases of this field of research are analysed. It is pointed out that teacher factors are presented as being in opposition to one another. An integrated approach in defining quality of teaching is adopted. The importance of taking into account findings of studies investigating differential teacher effectiveness is argued. Another significant limitation of this field of research is that the whole process of searching for teacher effectiveness factors was not able to have a significant impact upon teacher training and professional development. For this reason it is advocated that teacher training and professional development should be focused on how to address grouping of specific teacher factors associated with student learning and on how to help teachers improve their teaching skills by moving from using skills associated with direct teaching only to more advanced skills concerned with new teaching approaches and differentiation of teaching. The book refers to studies conducted in different countries illustrating how the proposed approach can be used by policy and practice in teacher education. Specifically, the book provides evidence supporting the validity of the theoretical framework upon which this approach is based. Moreover, experimental and longitudinal studies supporting the use of this approach for improvement purposes are presented and suggestions for further research utilising and expanding the Dynamic Approach for teacher training and professional development are provided.
    Description / Table of Contents: 〈p〉Preface -- List of Figures -- List of Tables -- PART 1: Research on Teacher Training and Professional Development.- PART 2: Main Foundations of Research on Teacher Effectiveness.- PART 3: Combining Teacher Effectiveness Research with Research on Teacher Training and Professional Development.- References. - Index.〈/p〉.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 44
    ISBN: 9789400754348 , 1283910152 , 9781283910156
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVI, 267 p. 14 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: The Changing Academy – The Changing Academic Profession in International Comparative Perspective 7
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Job satisfaction around the academic world
    RVK:
    Keywords: Education, Higher ; Education ; Education ; Education, Higher ; College teachers ; Job satisfaction ; Hochschullehrer ; Arbeitszufriedenheit ; Hochschullehrer ; Arbeitszufriedenheit
    Abstract: Higher education systems have changed all over the world, but not all have changed in the same ways. Although system growth and so-called massification have been worldwide themes, there have been system-specific changes as well. It is these changes that have an important impact on academic work and on the opinions of the staff that work in higher education. The academic profession has a key role to play in producing the next generations of knowledge workers, and this task will be more readily achieved by a contented academic workforce working within well-resourced teaching and research institutions. This volume tells the story of academics’ opinions about the changes in their own countries. The Changing Academic Profession (CAP) survey has provided researchers and policy makers with the capacity to compare the academic profession around the world. Built around national analyses of the survey this book examines academics’ opinions on a range of issues to do with their job satisfaction. Following an introduction that considers the job satisfaction literature as it relates to higher education, country-based chapters examine aspects of job satisfaction within each country.
    Description / Table of Contents: Job Satisfaction around the Academic World; Contents; About the Authors; About the Editors; Chapter 1: Introduction: Satisfaction Around the World?; References; Chapter 2: Academic Work at the Periphery: Why Argentine Scholars Are Satis fi ed, Despite All; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Theoretical Framework; 2.3 The Academic Profession in Argentina; 2.4 About the Sample and How Satisfaction Was Measured; 2.5 Argentina's Academic Job Satisfaction at a Glance; 2.6 Going Deeper: Differences Between Academics; 2.7 So, Are They Satisfied?; 2.8 Concluding Remarks; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 3: Factors Associated with Job Satisfaction Amongst Australian University Academics and Future Workforce Implications3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Theoretical Framework; 3.3 Data; 3.4 Methodology; 3.4.1 Dependent Variable; 3.4.2 Independent Variables; 3.5 Results; 3.5.1 Mean Satisfaction; 3.5.2 Results for Environmental Conditions; 3.5.3 Results for Motivators and Hygienes; 3.5.4 Results for Demographics; 3.5.5 Results for Triggers; 3.6 Discussion; References; Chapter 4: Job Satisfaction in a Diverse Institutional Environment: The Brazilian Experience; 4.1 Introduction
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.2 Brazilian Higher Education: Sources of Institutional Diversity4.3 Differences in Conditions of Work, Commitments and Internal Governance; 4.4 Job Satisfaction in Diverse Institutional Environments; 4.5 Different Institutions, Different Sources of Satisfaction; 4.5.1 Sources of Contentment for Academics from the Public Research Universities; 4.5.2 Sources of Contentment Among Academics from Public Regional Universities; 4.5.3 Job Satisfaction Among Academics from Private Elite Institutions; 4.5.4 Job Satisfaction Inside the Private Mass-Oriented Institutions; 4.6 Conclusions; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 5: Canadian University Academics' Perceptions of Job Satisfaction: "…The Future Is Not What It Used to Be"5.1 Canadian Universities and the Context of Academic Work; 5.2 The Canadian CAP Survey; 5.3 Findings; 5.3.1 Overall Satisfaction with the Academic Profession; 5.3.2 Satisfaction with Institutional Infrastructure and Support; 5.3.3 Management, Leadership, and Institutional Culture; 5.4 Analysis of Demographic Variables; 5.4.1 Gender; 5.4.2 Remuneration; 5.4.3 Research Funding; 5.4.4 Rank; 5.4.5 Discipline; 5.4.6 Institutional Type; 5.5 Discussion; 5.6 Conclusions; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 6: Finland: Satisfaction Guaranteed! A Tale of Two Systems6.1 Background: Satisfaction? For a Good Time Call…; 6.2 History Ancient and Modern: The Old and the Not So Old; 6.3 The Changing Academic Profession: Some Demographic Considerations; 6.3.1 The CAP Survey and the Structure of Finnish Higher Education; 6.3.2 A Brief Demographic Analysis; 6.3.3 Teaching and Research: Preference and Time; 6.4 Job Satisfaction: The Physical Environment; 6.5 Job Satisfaction: Governance-Related Factors; 6.6 Job Satisfaction: Overall: I CAN Get Satisfaction!
    Description / Table of Contents: 6.7 I'm Satis fi ed! Some Discussion and Conclusions About Finnish University and Polytechnic Academics
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Introduction: Satisfaction Around the World?; Peter James Bentley, Hamish Coates, Ian R Dobson, Leo Goedegebuure and V. Lynn Meek -- 2. Argentina: Academic Work at the Periphery - Why Argentine Scholars Are Satisfied, Despite All; Mónica Marquina and Gabriel Rebello -- 3. Australia: Factors Associated with Job Satisfaction Amongst Australian University Academics and Future Workforce Implications; Peter James Bentley, Hamish Coates, Ian R. Dobson, Leo Goedegebuure and V. Lynn Meek -- 4. Brazil: Job Satisfaction in a Diverse Institutional Environment; Elizabeth Balbachevsky and Simon Schwartzman -- 5. Canada: Canadian University Academics’ Perceptions of Job Satisfaction - “the future is not what is used to be”; Julian Weinrib, Glen A. Jones, Amy Scott Metcalfe, Donald Fisher, Yves Gingras, Kjell Rubenson and Iain Snee -- 6. Finland: Satisfaction Guaranteed! A Tale of Two Systems; Timo Aarrevaara and Ian R. Dobson -- 7. Germany: Determinants of Academic Job Satisfaction; Ester Ava Höhle and Ulrich Teichler -- 8. Japan: Factors Determining Academics’ Job Satisfaction From the Perspective of Role Diversification; Akira Arimoto and Tukasa Daizen -- 9. Malaysia: An Academic Career in Malaysia - A Wonderful Life, or Satisfaction Not Guaranteed?; Norzaini Azman, Morshidi Sirat and Mohd Ali Samsudin -- 10. Portugal: Dimensions of Academic Job Satisfaction; Diana Dias, Maria de Lourdes Machado-Taylor, Rui Santiago, Teresa Carvalho and Sofia Sousa -- 11. South Africa: Job Satisfaction for a Besieged Profession; Charl Wolhuter -- 12. United Kingdom: Satisfaction in Stages - the Academic Profession in the United Kingdom and British Commonwealth; William Locke and Alice Bennion -- 13. Conclusion: Academic Job Satisfaction from an International Comparative Perspective: Factors Associated with Satisfaction across 12 Countries; Peter James Bentley, Hamish Coates, Ian R. Dobson, Leo Goedegebuure and V. Lynn Meek -- Index. .
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 45
    ISBN: 9789400765795
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 265 p. 33 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: International perspectives on early childhood education and development 8
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Children's play and development
    Keywords: Early childhood education ; Educational psychology ; Developmental psychology ; Education ; Education ; Early childhood education ; Educational psychology ; Developmental psychology ; Play ; Child development
    Abstract: This book provides new theoretical insights to our understanding of play as a cultural activity. All chapters address play and playful activities from a cultural-historical theoretical approach by re-addressing central claims and concepts in the theory and providing new models and understandings of the phenomenon of play within the framework of cultural historical theory. Empirical studies cover a wide range of institutional settings: preschool, school, home, leisure time, and in various social relations (with peers, professionals and parents) in different parts of the world (Europe, Australia, South America and North America). Common to all chapters is a goal of throwing new light on the phenomenon of playing within a theoretical framework of cultural-historical theory. Play as a cultural, collective, social, personal, pedagogical and contextual activity is addressed with reference to central concepts in relation to development and learning. Concepts and phenomena related to ZPD, the imaginary situation, rules, language play, collective imagining, spheres of realities of play, virtual realities, social identity and pedagogical environments are presented and discussed in order to bring the cultural-historical theoretical approach into play with contemporary historical issues. Essential as a must read to any scholar and student engaged with understanding play in relation to human development, cultural historical theory and early childhood education.
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface; Contents; Contributors; Chapter 1: Introduction: Children's Play and Development; What Is Play? Theories on Play; What Is Still Missing?; Cultural-Historical Perspectives on Play as Presented in This Book; The Application of Theory: General Statements About the Use of Well-Established Theories; Application of the Cultural-Historical Perspective on Theory as Presented in This Book; 1. Anti-reductionism; 2. The Historical Approach; 3. The Dialectics of Externalization and Internalization; Values; Presentation of Chapters; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 2: The Structure of Fantasy Play and Its Implications for Good and Evil GamesIntroduction; Play and Research in Play: Mainstream and Countertrends; Evil Play; The Dynamic Structure of Social Fantasy Play; A Model of the Structure and Components of Play; The Structure of Structure: The Spheres of Reality of Play; The Components of Absorption: The Components of the Sphere of Imagination; Implications; Conclusion: The Structure of Play and Some of Its Implications; References; Chapter 3: Playing with Social Identities: Play in the Everyday Life of a Peer Group in Day Care; Introduction
    Description / Table of Contents: Symbolic Group PlayTheoretical Preliminaries: Features of Symbolic Group Play; Pretence: Symbolic and Subjunctive Modalities of Thought; Play Dominated by As-If and What-If Actions; Material and Symbolic Tools of Play; Communicating About Reality and Pretence in the Play Group; Spheres of Reality; Aspects of the Institutional Tradition of Danish Day Care; Empirical Study; Method; Analysis of Play Example; Discussion; Identifying with Roles and Positions; Central and Peripheral Positions; The Director's Position; Building Relationships Through Playing; Symbolic and Factual Identity in Playing
    Description / Table of Contents: Playing Games with RulesTheoretical Preliminaries: Features of Games with Rules; Rules as Sociocultural Practice; Rules for Rules; Background Information; The Star Players; The Ordinary Players; The Other Players; Example; The Local Soccer Rules; Discussion; Negotiating and Creating Social Identities Through Soccer Playing; The Generic Social Hierarchy as Open System; Rules as Social Structures and Logics; Imagining Soccer; Subjunctive Thinking in Playing; Social Identification Process and Subjunctive Thinking in Playing
    Description / Table of Contents: Summing Up: Resemblances Between Symbolic Group Playing and Playing SoccerPlaying with Social Identities: Questing Recognition; References; Chapter 4: Pedagogical Perspectives on Play; Introduction; The Play-and-Learning Debate; The Logic of Social Fantasy Play; Characteristics of Fantasy Play; Creativity; Narrativity; Orientation and Flexibility; Meaningfulness; Reciprocity and Cooperation; Play as Source of Pedagogical Inspiration; Integration and Complexity in Pedagogical Praxis; From Children's "Traces" to Pedagogical Activities; The Witch Flying in a Spaceship
    Description / Table of Contents: Integration as Narrative Connections
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 46
    ISBN: 9789400752948
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVI, 244 p. 4 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Education in the Asia-Pacific Region: Issues, Concerns and Prospects 20
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Adult education ; Education ; Education ; Adult education ; Bildungswesen ; Qualitätsmanagement
    Abstract: Due to the development of the international Education for All and Education for Sustainable Development movements, for which UNESCO is the lead agency, there has been an increasing emphasis on the power of education and schooling to help build more just and equitable societies. This seeks to give everyone the opportunity to develop their talents to the full, regardless of characteristics such as gender, socio-economic status, ethnicity, religious persuasion, or regional location. As enshrined in the United Nations Declaration on Human Rights over five decades ago, everyone has the right to receive a high quality and relevant education. In order to try to achieve this ideal, many countries are substantially re-engineering their education systems with an increasing emphasis on promoting equity and fairness, and on ensuring that everyone has access to a high quality and relevant education. They are also moving away from the traditional outlook of almost exclusively stressing formal education in schools as the most valuable way in which people learn, to accepting that important and valuable learning does not just occur in formal, dedicated education institutions, but also through informal and non-formal means. Thus learning is both lifelong and life-wide. This book brings together the experience and research of 40 recognised and experienced opinion leaders in education around the world. The book investigates the most effective ways of ensuring the UNESCO aim of effective education for all people in the belief that not only should education be a right for all, but also that education and schooling has the potential to transform individual lives and to contribute to the development of more just, humane and equitable societies.
    Description / Table of Contents: 〈p〉Introduction; 〈i〉Kelli Hughes〈/i〉 -- Introduction by the Series Editors; 〈i〉Rupert Maclean〈/i〉 -- Foreword: Let a Hundred Flowers Blossom; 〈i〉Phillip Hughes〈/i〉 -- 〈b〉SECTION 1: 〈/b〉The Public Sector in Education.-〈b〉 〈/b〉〈b〉SECTION 2: 〈/b〉Quality in Teaching -- 〈b〉SECTION 3: 〈/b〉Making Equity Work〈i〉 -- 〈/i〉〈b〉SECTION 4: 〈/b〉Looking More Widely.-〈b〉 SECTION 5: 〈/b〉Concluding Comments.-〈b〉 〈/b〉Index.〈i〉〈/p〉.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 47
    ISBN: 9789400762657
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (IX, 71 p. 2 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerBriefs in Education
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Jones, Tiffany Understanding education policy
    RVK:
    Keywords: Education ; Education ; Education Philosophy ; Bildungspolitik
    Abstract: Analysis of education policy often follows a particular orientation, such as conservative or neo-liberal. Yet, readers are often left to wonder the true meaning and conceptual framing behind these orientations. Without this knowledge, the policy analysis lacks true rigor, its value is diminished as the results may prove difficult to reproduce. Understanding Education Policy provides an overarching framework of four key orientations that lie beneath much policy analysis, yet are rarely used with accuracy: conservative, liberal, critical and post-modern. It details each orientation's application to policy making, implementation and overall impact. The book also argues the value of analysing a policy’s orientation to improve the clarity of its analysis and allow broader trends across the education policy field to emerge.The book offers practical examples, key vocabulary and reflection activities which give equitable, yet critical consideration to all education orientations. This allows readers to see the benefits and disadvantages of each perspective and discover their own biases.This introduction to education policy analysis offers theoretically broad, highly practical coverage. It is adaptable to many kinds of policy analysis areas and will appeal to a wide range of readers with an interest in education policy, from students conducting specific research to policy makers looking for a deeper way to re-think their work
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Introduction -- 2. Perceptions of Policy -- 3. Policy Paradigms Frameworks: Gaps Within Research -- 4. The Four Orientations to Education Framework​.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 48
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    New York, NY : Springer New York
    ISBN: 9781461462743
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIV, 88 p. 18 illus., 17 illus. in color, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerBriefs in Education
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Adult education ; Education ; Education ; Adult education
    Abstract: Over the last years, increasing attention has been paid to Personal Learning Environments (PLEs) as an effective framework for lifelong learners, and to the need for a smooth integration of formal and informal learning. A wider and wider range of open source and free learning applications on the web are offering lifelong learners powerful tools to construct and characterise their own PLEs. Technologically speaking, this change of perspective manifests in a learning web where information is distributed across sites. However, knowledge management becomes an issue, and personalisation requires the support of semantics applied to social components. This work focuses on the characterisation of adult lifelong learners' PLEs by implicit and explicit tools of personalisation. The synergy of formal and informal learning in the dynamic construction of a lifelong learner's PLE has been explored. The SSW4LL (Social Semantic Web for Lifelong Learners) format has been devised, and the SSW4LL system, built on Moodle 2.0 integrated with an adaptive mechanism (conditional activities) and some tools of Social Semantic Web (Semantic MediaWiki, Diigo and Google+), has been designed, implemented and successfully validated as a device suitable to provide a dynamically personalised learning environment to the lifelong learner. Specifically, this volume thoroughly illustrates the implementation of the whole SSW4LL format in its validation course SSW4LL 2011, and discusses the results of a comprehensive literature review and the outcomes obtained from SSW4LL 2011. The integration of social software into formal learning environments can make a qualitative difference to giving adult lifelong learners a sense of ownership and control over their own learning and career planning, and can aid them to be effectively self-directed and self-regulated
    Abstract: This work focuses on the characterization of adult lifelong learners Personal Learning Environments (PLEs) by implicit and explicit tools of personalization. It aims aims toward creating a system for the development of a learning path for the characterisation of PLE for adult life learners. The synergy of formal and informal learning in the dynamic construction of a lifelong learners PLE is fully explored, with the recognition that the majority of learning, especially for life long learners, occurs outside traditional learning formats.Specifically, this volume discusses the design, implementation, and validation of the SSW4LL (Social Semantic Web for Lifelong Learners) format, and the the SSW4LL system, built on Moodle 2.0 integrated with an adaptive mechanism (conditional activities) and some tools of Social Semantic Web (Semantic MediaWiki, Diigo and Google+). With thoroughly grounded cases studies, this volume makes the case that these systems are suitable to provide a dynamically personalized learning environment to the lifelong learner. All of these environments are fully discussed and cases made for each as a tool for constructing adult learners' PLEs.?
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. From Formal to Informal Learning: Scenario, Conditioning Elements and Evolutionary Steps -- 1.1. Lifelong Learning: Definitions and Main Policies in Europe -- 1.1.1. Lifelong Learning: Definitions and European Union Benchmarks -- 1.1.2. European Policy Progress and Future Prospects -- 1.2. The Lifelong Learner: Characteristics, Needs Analysis and Expectations -- 1.2.1. Lifelong Learners' Features -- 1.2.2. Lifelong Learners' Needs Analysis and Expectations -- 1.3. Personalising Lifelong Learning: Approaches, Methodologies and Tools -- 1.3.1. Personalising Learning: A Common Understanding -- 1.3.2. PLE and Related Concepts -- 1.3.3. The Shift from Organisation-Centred to Learner-Centred Learning Environments. A Learning Theory for Adult Lifelong Learners -- 1.3.4. Implicit and Explicit Personalisation of Learning: Adaptive Mechanisms and Social Semantic Web -- 1.3.5. From the Social Web to the Social Semantic Web -- 1.4. Summary -- 2. The SSW4LL Format -- 2.1. Overview -- 2.2. Needs Analysis -- 2.3. Learning Paradigm and Strategies -- 2.3.1. Learning Strategies -- 2.3.2. Evaluation and Assessment -- 2.4. Technological Architecture: The SSW4LL System -- 2.4.1. Formal Learning Environment: Moodle 2.0 -- 2.5. Organisation -- 2.5.1. Technical Competences Required -- 2.5.2. Devices -- 2.5.3. Recommendations for an Optimal Implementation of the Format -- 2.5.4. Workflow and Procedures -- 2.5.5. Use Case Scenario -- 2.6. SWOT Analysis -- 2.7. Summary -- 3. Case Study: SSW4LL 2011 -- 3.1. Design -- 3.2. Implementation -- 3.2.1. Implementation of the SSW4LL System -- 3.2.2. Implementation of the Course SSW4LL 2011 -- 3.3. Evaluation and Discussion -- 3.4. Summary -- 4. Concluding Remarks -- 4.1. Conclusions -- 4.2. Future Directions -- Appendix: Glossary.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 49
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400763470
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 170 p. 16 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Multilingual Education 4
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Applied linguistics ; Language and languages ; Education ; Education ; Applied linguistics ; Language and languages ; Borneo ; Englisch
    Abstract: This detailed survey of Brunei English reflects the burgeoning academic interest in the many new varieties of English which are fast evolving around the world. Wholly up to date, the study is based on careful analysis of a substantial dataset that provides real-life examples of usage to illustrate the narrative throughout. As well as a thorough account of the pronunciation, grammar, vocabulary usage, and discourse patterns of Brunei English, the volume explores its historical and educational background and current developmental trends, providing an in-depth review of the patterns of English usage within this multilingual, oil-rich society on the north-western coast of Borneo. Written in a non-technical style throughout that will assist non-specialists wishing to grasp the fundamentals of this unique brand of the English language, the work is a worthy addition to Springer’s series on multilingual education that plugs a gap in the coverage of the numerous varieties of English being used across South East Asia. “The authors bring renewed and badly needed attention to the long-overlooked development of Brunei English. Their examination of the variety not only documents the features and functions of English within Brunei society, it also suggests the development of regional or global varieties of English that extend beyond Brunei, and even beyond South East Asia.” Andrew Moody, University of Macau
    Description / Table of Contents: Conventions in the Transcriptions; Abbreviations; Contents; Chapter 1: Introduction; 1.1 Brief History; 1.2 Population; 1.3 Languages; 1.4 Brunei English or English in Brunei?; 1.5 Variation in Brunei English; 1.6 Data; 1.7 Spoken Data; 1.8 Written Data; 1.9 Overview; Chapter 2: Education in Brunei; 2.1 Traditional Education in Brunei; 2.2 Post-war Education; 2.3 The Bilingual Education Policy; 2.4 Bilingualism at UBD; 2.5 SPN21; 2.6 The Role of CfBT; 2.7 The Educational Divide; 2.8 Conclusion; Chapter 3: Pronunciation; 3.1 TH; 3.2 Consonant Cluster Reduction; 3.3 Added [t]; 3.4 Glottal Stop
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.5 Devoicing3.6 Vocalised L; 3.7 Deleted L; 3.8 Rhoticity; 3.9 Vowels; 3.10 Long and Short Vowels; 3.11 face and trap; 3.12 face and goat; 3.13 Absence of Reduced Vowels; 3.14 Spelling Pronunciation; 3.15 Idiosyncratic Pronunciations; 3.16 Word Stress; 3.17 Compound Stress; 3.18 Rhythm; 3.19 Sentence Stress; 3.20 De-accenting; 3.21 Rising Pitch; 3.22 Conclusion; Chapter 4: Morphology and Syntax; 4.1 Plural Suffixes; 4.2 Logically Countable Items; 4.3 one of; 4.4 brother-in-laws; 4.5 piece; 4.6 Subject-Verb Agreement; 4.7 there's; 4.8 -s After Modal Verbs; 4.9 Intervening Nouns; 4.10 Tenses
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.11 will4.12 would; 4.13 do; 4.14 ever and Perfective; 4.15 Null Subjects; 4.16 Subject-Auxiliary Inversion; 4.17 Determiners; 4.18 Names of Countries; 4.19 Affirmative Answers to Negative Questions; 4.20 Adj to V/Adj V-ing; 4.21 Prepositions; 4.22 Conclusion; Chapter 5: Discourse; 5.1 Discourse Particles; 5.2 yeah; 5.3 sort of/kind of; 5.4 tsk; 5.5 Topic Fronting; 5.6 -wise; 5.7 compared to; 5.8 Reduplication; 5.9 Repetition of Lexical Terms; 5.10 Lexical Doublets; 5.11 Tautology; 5.12 and so forth; 5.13 Overdoing Explicitness; 5.14 whereby; 5.15 Sentence Length; 5.16 Run-on Sentences
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.17 ConclusionChapter 6: Lexis; 6.1 Borrowings; 6.2 Religious Terms; 6.3 Royalty; 6.4 Food; 6.5 Clothing; 6.6 Other Cultural Items; 6.7 three or five; 6.8 Calques; 6.9 Acronyms; 6.10 Initialisms; 6.11 Clippings and Blends; 6.12 Shifts in Meaning; 6.13 Shifted Connotation; 6.14 Sports Personnel; 6.15 Other Lexical Items; 6.16 Conclusion; Chapter 7: Mixing; 7.1 BruDirect: Have Your Say (HYS); 7.2 Alternating Languages (AL); 7.3 Inability to Think of a Word; 7.4 Explaining Something; 7.5 Religious Terms; 7.6 Food; 7.7 Direct Quotations; 7.8 Stylistic Reasons; 7.9 Attitudes Towards Mixing
    Description / Table of Contents: 7.10 ConclusionChapter 8: Brunei English in the World; 8.1 The Status of Brunei English; 8.2 Global Englishes; 8.3 Intelligibility; 8.4 Pedagogical Implications; 8.5 Brunei English and the Future; Appendices; Appendix A: The Female UBDCSBE Speakers; Appendix B: The Male UBDCSBE Speakers; Appendix C: The Wolf Passage; The Boy Who Cried Wolf; Appendix D: Transcripts of the Interview with Umi; Umi-a; Umi-b; Umi-c; Appendix E: The BruDirect Data; References; Index
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 50
    ISBN: 9789400763142
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 202 p. 2 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Ius Gentium: Comparative Perspectives on Law and Justice 25
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Human law and computer law
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy of law ; Computers Law and legislation ; Humanities ; Law ; Law ; Philosophy of law ; Computers Law and legislation ; Humanities ; Datenverarbeitung ; Internet ; Recht ; Datenverarbeitung ; Internet ; Recht
    Abstract: The focus of this book is on the epistemological and hermeneutic implications of data science and artificial intelligence for democracy and the Rule of Law. How do the normative effects of automated decision systems or the interventions of robotic fellow ‘beings’ compare to the legal effect of written and unwritten law? To investigate these questions the book brings together two disciplinary perspectives rarely combined within the framework of one volume. One starts from the perspective of ‘code and law’ and the other develops from the domain of ‘law and literature’. Integrating original analyses of relevant novels or films, the authors discuss how computational technologies challenge traditional forms of legal thought and affect the regulation of human behavior. Thus, pertinent questions are raised about the theoretical assumptions underlying both scientific and legal practice.
    Description / Table of Contents: Acknowledgements; Contents; Chapter 0: Prefatory Remarks on Human Law and Computer Law; 0.1 Comparative Law; 0.2 Computer Law?; 0.3 Comparing Human Law and Computer Law; 0.4 Human Language and Computer Language: Law, Code and Literature; References; Part I: Law and Code; Chapter 1: Prefatory Remarks on Part I: Law and Code; 1.1 Law and Language; 1.2 Language and Computer Code; 1.3 Law as Code: Two Strands of Research; 1.3.1 Artificial Intelligence and Legal Subjectivity; 1.3.2 Legal and Technological Normativity; References; Chapter 2: From Galatea 2.2 to Watson - And Back?
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.1 Introduction 12.1.1 Mythical Beginnings; 2.1.2 Beyond Snow's Two Cultures; 2.2 Eliza and the Turing Test: A Human Machine?; 2.3 IBM's Heros: Deep Blue and Watson; 2.3.1 Deep Blue; 2.3.2 Watson; 2.4 Searle's Chinese Room Argument: Syntax and Meaning; 2.5 Back to 'My Fair Lady'; 2.6 The Legal Status of Smart Contraptions: Tools, Rivals or Companions?; 2.6.1 Embodiment, Emotion and Cognition; 2.6.2 Legal Implications of Smart Agents; 2.6.2.1 Artificial Legal Subjects: The Agency of Corporations; 2.6.2.2 Artificial Legal Subjects: The Agency of Other 'Intelligent Machines'
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.7 Concluding RemarksReferences; Chapter 3: What Robots Want: Autonomous Machines, Codes and New Frontiers of Legal Responsibility; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 The No New Responsibility Thesis; 3.3 The New Weak Responsibility Thesis; 3.3.1 New Crimes, New Punishments; 3.3.2 New Agents, New Contracts; 3.4 The New Strong Responsibility Thesis; 3.5 Conclusion; References; Chapter 4: Abort, Retry, Fail: Scoping Techno-Regulation and Other Techno-Effects; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 What Is Techno-Regulation?; 4.3 The Limits of the Debate on Techno-Regulation
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.4 Beyond the Limits of Techno-Regulation, Part 1: Persuasion, Nudging and Affordances4.5 Beyond the Limits of Techno-Regulation, Part 2: Unintentional and Implicit Influences of Technology; 4.6 The Full Scope of Techno-Effects; 4.7 Abort, Retry, Fail. Or: Liberating the Boxed-in Concept of Techno-Regulation; References; Chapter 5: A Bump in the Road. Ruling Out Law from Technology; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Law Is Dead, Long Live Techno-Regulation?; 5.3 Incorporeal Rules or Brute Matter? Two Inescapable Truisms; 5.4 The Practice of Law and the Price of the Practice Turn; 5.5 The Medium of Law
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.6 Hart - The Concept of Law5.6.1 A Practice Theory of Rules; 5.6.2 Demarcating Law as a Practice: Law as a System of Rules; 5.7 Latour - The Passage of Law; 5.7.1 How to Study Law as a Practice? An Ethnography of the Council of State; 5.7.2 Demarcating Law as a Practice: Law as a Regime of Reattachment; 5.7.2.1 The Transfer of Value Objects; 5.7.2.2 Acts of Attachment; 5.7.2.3 Clef de Lecture; 5.8 Beyond Incorporeal Rules and Material Media?; 5.8.1 Institution - Regime of Enunciation; 5.8.2 The Legal Trajectory of Enunciation; 5.9 Law and Technology; 5.9.1 A Bump in the Road
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.9.2 Law as Tracing Through Reattachments
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 51
    ISBN: 9789400764767
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXIV, 241 p. 50 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Multilingual Education 5
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Parallel Title: Online-Ausg. Language alternation, language choice and language encounter in international tertiary education
    RVK:
    Keywords: Applied linguistics ; Language and languages ; Education ; Education ; Applied linguistics ; Language and languages ; Hochschule ; Sprachkontakt
    Abstract: Reflecting the increased use of English as lingua franca in today’s university education, this volume maps the interplay and competition between English and other tongues in a learning community that in practice is not only bilingual but multilingual. The volume includes case studies from Japan, Australia, South Africa, Germany, Catalonia, China, Denmark and Sweden, analysing a range of issues such as the conflict between the students’ native languages and English, the reality of parallel teaching in English as well as in the local language, and classrooms that are nominally English-speaking but multilingual in practice. The book assesses the factors common to successful bilingual learners, and provides university administrators, policy makers and teachers around the world with a much-needed commentary on the challenges they face in increasingly multilingual surroundings characterized by a heterogeneous student population. Patterns of language alternation and choice have become increasingly important to the development of an understanding of the internationalisation of higher education that is occurring world-wide. This volume draws on the extensive and varied literature related to the sociolinguistics of globalisation - linguistic ethnography, discourse analysis, language teaching, language and identity, and language planning - as the theoretical bases for the description of the nature of these emerging multilingual communities that are increasingly found in international education. It uses observational data from eleven studies that take into account the macro (societal), meso (university) and micro (participant) levels of language interaction to explicate the range of language encounters - highlighting both successful and problematic interactions and their related language ideologies. Although English is the common lingua franca, the studies in the volume highlight the importance of the multilingual resources available to participants in higher educational institutions that are used to negotiate and solve their language problems. The volume brings to our attention a range of important insights into language issues found in the internationalisation of higher education, and provides a resource for those wishing to understand or do research on how language hybridity and multilingual communicative practices are evolving there. Richard B. Baldauf Jr., Professor, The University of Queensland
    Description / Table of Contents: Contents; Notes on Contributors; Hybridity and Complexity: Language Choice and Language Ideologies; References; Part I: The Local Language as a Resource in Social, Administrative and Learning Interactions; Kitchen Talk - Exploring Linguistic Practices in Liminal Institutional Interactions in a Multilingual University Setting; 1 Introduction; 2 Data and Method; 3 Analysis; Changing Engagement Frameworks and Language Choice; Language Consistency; Language Alternation; Negotiating Language Choice and Social Identity; Enforcing English as the Norm; Language and Identity: Playing with Stereotypes
    Description / Table of Contents: Identity Potential and Potential Problems with Using the Local LanguageLanguage/Medium Alternation as Proficiency Practice; 4 Discussion; Appendix: Transcription Conventions; References; Japanese and English as Lingua Francas: Language Choices for International Students in Contemporary Japan; 1 Introduction; 2 The Current Study; Participants; Methods of Data Collection and Analysis; 3 Data Analysis; Insertive Use of English as a LF; Example 1; Example 2; Example 3; Preference for English as LF; Example 4; Example 5; Example 6; Example 7; Example 8; Persistent Use of Japanese as the LF
    Description / Table of Contents: Example 94 Beyond a Matter of LF Selection: Styling in Lingua Franca Talk; Example 10; Example 11; 5 Conclusion; References; Plurilingual Resources in Lingua Franca Talk: An Interactionist Perspective; 1 Introduction; 2 Lingua Franca Talk and Interactional Accomplishment; The Accomplishment of Lingua Franca Talk; Choosing a Lingua Franca; Fragment 1; Fragment 2; Fragment 3; Assessments of Competence; Fragment 4; Lingua Franca and the Accomplishment of Interaction; Fragment 5; 3 Plurilingual Resources in ELF Talk; Fragment 6
    Description / Table of Contents: Code-Switching in Lingua Franca Interactions and the Accomplishment of Socio-institutional GoalsFragment 7; Code-Switching in Lingua Franca and the Accomplishment of Teaching/Learning Goals; Fragment 8; Fragment 9; 4 Conclusions; References; Language Choice and Linguistic Variation in Classes Nominally Taught in English; 1 Introduction; 2 The Example of Sweden; 3 Earlier Studies and Theoretical Views; 4 A Study of Language Choice; 5 Patterns of Language Choice; A Multilingual Milieu?; The Functions of Other Languages; Example 1; Example 2; Attitudes to Languages and Language Choice
    Description / Table of Contents: 6 Characteristics of the MilieuNorms for Language Choice, What Are They Like?; International or National Context?; 7 Conclusion; References; Active Biliteracy? Students Taking Decisions About Using Languages for Academic Purposes; 1 Introduction: Moving from One Academic Language to Another; 2 The Design of the Study; 3 The Research Participants; Victor; Language Background; Language Challenges; John; Language Background; Perceived Language Challenges; Karin; Language Background; Perceived Language Problems; Francois and Yolande; Language Background; Perceived Language Problems
    Description / Table of Contents: 4 Learning in a New Language
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 52
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    New York, NY : Springer New York
    ISBN: 9781461491170
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 256 p. 48 illus., 12 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: One World Archaeology 7
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Contesting ethnoarchaeologies
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Humanities ; Anthropology ; Archaeology ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Humanities ; Anthropology ; Archaeology ; Europa ; Asien ; Ethnoarchäologie
    Abstract: Contesting Ethnoarchaeologies provide a systematic overview of major non-American traditions of ethnoarchaeology, with a particular focus on Europe and Asia. It explores all stages of their research agenda. These ethnoarchaeologies were embedded in theoretical traditions of local archaeologies. Moreover, ethnoarchaeological studies carried out in these different settings targeted a wide range of different issues and addressed numerous questions of covering all sorts of different issues. Consequently, achieved results and data have been largely idiosyncratic and hardly compatible. Hence, this volume aims not only to conceptualize characteristics of these diverse ethnoarchaeologies but more importantly put them in a broader context of the development of archaeology in different parts of Europe and Asia. The contributors to the volume express their own diverse views on the cognitive and interpretative value of ethnoarchaeology for studying prehistoric past, based on particular cases of experience and research. As such, the volume is not only a valuable overview of numerous ethnoarcheological practices in different parts of the region, but also a significant contribution to the history of archaeological thought. This perspective shall make the book of wider applicability and make possible to put up ethnoarchaeology as an immanent and important element of archaeological theory.
    Description / Table of Contents: Arkadiusz Marciniak & Nurcan E. Yalman - Introduction. Non-American ethnoarchaeologies in the history of archaeological thoughtI. Traditions of ethnoarchaeology outside the Anglo-American contexts -- Valentine Roux, Ethnoarchaeology in France: Trends and perspectives -- Francesca Lugi, Ethnoarchaeology in Italy -- Ruth Struwe, German ethnoarchaeological traditions from a theoretical and conceptual viewpoint - past and present -- Zbigniew Kobylinski, Włodzimierz Hołubowicz - pioneer of ethnoarchaeology of pottery-making -- Petar Zidarov, Małgorzata Grębska-Kulow, Ethnoarchaeology on the Balkans. A view from Bulgaria -- Nurcan E. Yalman, The history of ethnoarchaeology in Turkey and its place in archaeological thought -- Aleksandr V. Kenig, S. S. Tikhonov, M. A. Korusenko, The development of ethnoarchaeological thought in Russian archaeology -- Kong Ling Yuan, Ethnoarchaeology in China -- II. Significance of ethnoarchaeology of the 21st century -- Willeke Wendrich, Ethnoarchaeology today: the relevance of a discipline from the Egyptian perspective -- Marius-Tiberiu Alexianu, Saturated model. A first application in world and Romanian ethno-archaeology -- Turan Takaoğlu, The living Ottomans past: Rethinking ethnoarchaeology in Turkey -- Martin H. Wobst, Non Anglophone ethno-archaeologies.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 53
    ISBN: 9789400746732
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXII, 182 p. 15 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Contemporary Philosophies and Theories in Education 5
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Kupferman, David W. Disassembling and decolonizing school in the Pacific
    RVK:
    Keywords: Education ; Education ; Education Philosophy ; Schule ; Pädagogische Anthropologie ; Mikronesien ; Ozeanien ; Schule ; Ozeanien ; Schule
    Abstract: Schooling in the region known as Micronesia is today a normalized, ubiquitous, and largely unexamined habit. As a result, many of its effects have also gone unnoticed and unchallenged. By interrogating the processes of normalization and governmentality that circulate and operate through schooling in the region through the deployment of Foucaultian conceptions of power, knowledge, and subjectivity, this work destabilizes conventional notions of schooling's neutrality, self-evident benefit, and its role as the key to contemporary notions of so-called political, economic, and social development. This work aims to disquiet the idea that school today is both rooted in some distant past and a force for decolonization and the postcolonial moment. Instead, through a genealogy of schooling, the author argues that school as it is currently practiced in the region is the product of the present, emerging from the mid-1960s shift in US policy in the islands, the very moment when the US was trying to simultaneously prepare the islands for putative self-determination while producing ever-increasing colonial relations through the practice of schooling. The work goes on to conduct a genealogy of the various subjectivities produced through this present schooling practice, notably the student, the teacher, and the child/parent/family. It concludes by offering a counter-discourse to the normalized narrative of schooling, and suggests that what is displaced and foreclosed on by that narrative in fact holds a possible key to meaningful decolonization and self-determination
    Abstract: Schooling in the region known as Micronesia is today a normalized, ubiquitous, and largely unexamined habit. As a result, many of its effects have also gone unnoticed and unchallenged. By interrogating the processes of normalization and governmentality that circulate and operate through schooling in the region through the deployment of Foucaultian conceptions of power, knowledge, and subjectivity, this work destabilizes conventional notions of schoolings neutrality, self-evident benefit, and its role as the key to contemporary notions of so-called political, economic, and social development. This work aims to disquiet the idea that school today is both rooted in some distant past and a force for decolonization and the postcolonial moment. Instead, through a genealogy of schooling, the author argues that school as it is currently practiced in the region is the product of the present, emerging from the mid-1960s shift in US policy in the islands, the very moment when the US was trying to simultaneously prepare the islands for putative self-determination while producing ever-increasing colonial relations through the practice of schooling. The work goes on to conduct a genealogy of the various subjectivities produced through this present schooling practice, notably the student, the teacher, and the child/parent/family. It concludes by offering a counter-discourse to the normalized narrative of schooling, and suggests that what is displaced and foreclosed on by that narrative in fact holds a possible key to meaningful decolonization and self-determination.
    Description / Table of Contents: Disassembling and Decolonizing School in the Pacific; Preface; A Note on Audience; Where This Book Fits; How This Book Is Organized; Acknowledgements; Contents; List of Figures; Chapter 1: Introduction: Where Do We Go from Here?; An Introduction; An Ocean of Discourse: Schooling in Micronesia and Beyond; Decolonizing the Postcolonial Position; Repositioning the Binary; The Temporality of De-positionality: Locus of Enunciation; Narrator as Narrative; Inconvenient Implications: "The Intellectual" and the University; Chapter 2: Theory, Power, and the Pacific
    Description / Table of Contents: An Imagined Non-entity: Deforming and Reforming Our "Sea of Little Lands"Power-Knowledge-Subject; Relational Power and Foucault; Production and Normalization; Genealogy, Subjectivity, Governmentality; Alternative Conditions of Possibility; Chapter 3: Atolls and Origins: A Genealogy of Schooling in Micronesia; In the Beginning There Was School; The Colonial Period?; The Song, and Actualized Event, of Solomon; The Colonial. Period.; Chapter 4: Power and Pantaloons: The Case of Lee Boo and the Normalizing of the Student; John Ford in the Rock Islands; Scopic Regime, or Why Is He Painted White?
    Description / Table of Contents: "Osiik a Llomes" and the Limits of Heliotropic(al) TranslationA Portrait of the Student as a Young Man: The Benevolence of the Colonial Project; The Student as Simulacrum; Chapter 5: Certifiably Qualified: Corps, College, and the Construction of the Teacher; Dilettantes and Differends; Peace Corps in Paradise Micronesia; Colleges and Knowledges; The "Highly Qualified" Cult(ure); Chapter 6: The Mother and Child Reunion: Governing the Family; All in the Family; Child, State, School; No Child Left Micronesian: Governmentality and the Child; PIRCs and Other Benefits of Policing the Parent
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 7: Conclusion: The Emperor Is a Nudist: A Case for Counter-Discourse(s)Over the River and Through Bretton Woods: Development, Schooling, and Regimes of Representation; Culture, Custom, Catachresis; Dressing the Emperor; References; Index
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 54
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400751071 , 1283698145 , 9781283698146
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XV, 232 p. 14 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Technical and Vocational Education and Training: Issues, Concerns and Prospects 17
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Tchibozo, Guy Cultural and social diversity and the transition from education to work
    RVK:
    Keywords: Labor economics ; Education ; Education ; Labor economics ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Schule ; Berufsbildung ; Übergang
    Abstract: This edited volume provides multidisciplinary and international insights into the policy, managerial and educational aspects of diverse students transitions from education to employment. As employers require increasing global competence on the part of those leaving education, this research asks whether increasing multiculturalism in developed societies, often seen as a challenge to their cohesion, is in fact a potential advantage in an evolving employment sector. This is a vital and under-researched field, and this new publication in Springers Technical and Vocational Education and Training series provides analysis both of theory and empirical data, submitted by researchers from nine nations including the USA, Oman, Malaysia, and countries in the European Union. The papers trace the origins of business demand for diversity in their workforces skill set, including national, local and institutional contexts. They also consider how social, demographic, cultural, religious and linguistic diversity inform the attitudes of those seeking workand those seeking workers. With clear suggestions for future research, this work on a topic of rising profile will be read with interest by educators, policy makers, employers and careers advisors.
    Description / Table of Contents: Cultural and Social Diversity and the Transition from Education to Work; Preface; Springer: Technical and Vocational Education and Training Series; Contents; About the Contributors; About the Editor; Part I: Introduction; Chapter 1: Leveraging Diversity to Promote Successful Transition from Education to Work; 1 Problem Statement; 2 Theoretical Approach and Research Procedure; 3 Concepts; 3.1 Concept of School-to-Work Transition System; 3.1.1 School-to-Work Transition Process; 3.1.2 School-to-Work Transition System; 3.2 Concept of Organisations' Demand for Diversity; 3.2.1 Diversity
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.2.2 Reasons for the Demand for Diversity3.2.3 Organisations' Demand for Diversity; 4 How Can the School-to-Work Transition System Address the Demand for Diversity?; 4.1 Role of the Education Subsystem; 4.2 Role of the Employment Subsystem; 5 Conclusion; References; Part II: The Demand for Cultural and Social Diversity; Chapter 2: Cultural and Social Diversity in the United States: A Compelling National Interest; 1 Introduction; 1.1 The Demand for Cultural and Social Diversity; 1.1.1 Cultural Competency; 1.1.2 Representative Bureaucracy; 2 Confrontations Over Educational Access; 3 Summary
    Description / Table of Contents: 4 Future ResearchReferences; Chapter 3: Perceptions of the Demand for Cultural Diversity in the Omani Workplace and Its Availability Among Secondary School Students; 1 Cultural Diversity in the Workplace; 2 Role of Education in Shaping Cultural Diversity Orientations and Skills; 3 Cultural Diversity in Oman; 4 Demand for Cultural Diversity in the Omani Workplace; 5 Theoretical Framework; 6 Importance of the Study; 7 Research Questions; 8 Study Instrument; 8.1 Awareness of Local and Global Factors; 8.2 Awareness of Cultural Types; 8.3 Attributes; 8.4 Skills/Competencies; 9 Study Samples
    Description / Table of Contents: 10 Data Analysis11 Attributes and Skills; 12 Discussion and Conclusion; References; Chapter 4: Cultural Diversity and the School-To-Work Transition: A Relational Perspective; 1 Introduction; 2 The Concept of Cultural Diversity; 2.1 Background to Cultural Diversity in Europe; 2.2 Workforce Diversity; 3 Approaches to Managing Diversity; 4 The European Tourism Sector; 4.1 Human Resources in Tourism; 5 Workplace Diversity in European Tourism; 6 Theoretical Framework; 6.1 Capital; 6.2 Habitus; 6.3 Field; 7 Methods; 7.1 Limitations; 8 Findings and Discussion; 8.1 The Macro Socio-Economic Context
    Description / Table of Contents: 8.2 Student Reflections8.3 Human Capital/Cultural Capital; 8.4 International Experience; 8.5 Physical/Cultural Characteristics; 9 Survey of Jobseekers; 10 Survey of Employers; 11 Conclusion; References; Chapter 5: Workforce Diversity in Malaysia: Current and Future Demand of Persons with Disabilities; 1 Introduction; 1.1 Demand of PWDs as Workforce; 1.2 Challenges and Strategies in Employing PWDs; 1.3 Future Trends; 2 Research Objectives; 2.1 To Compare the Profiles of Organizations That Hired and Did Not Hire PWDs as Workforce
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.2 To Examine Organizations' Views About Demands on PWDs as Workforce
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 55
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400750388
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 184 p, digital)
    Series Statement: Educational Research 6
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Educational research: the attraction of psychology
    RVK:
    Keywords: Educational psychology ; Education ; Education ; Education Philosophy ; Educational psychology ; Psychologie ; Empirische Forschung
    Abstract: The closely argued and provocative contributions to this volume challenge psychology's hegemony as an interpretive paradigm in a range of social contexts such as education and child development. They start from the core observation that modern psychology has successfully penetrated numerous domains of society in its quest to develop a properly scientific methodology for analyzing the human mind and behaviour
    Abstract: The closely argued and provocative contributions to this volume challenge psychology’s hegemony as an interpretive paradigm in a range of social contexts such as education and child development. They start from the core observation that modern psychology has successfully penetrated numerous domains of society in its quest to develop a properly scientific methodology for analyzing the human mind and behaviour. For example, educational psychology continues to hold a central position in the curricula of trainee teachers in the US, while the language of developmental psychology holds primal sway over our understanding of childrearing and the parent-child relationship. Questioning the default position of modern psychology as a way of conceptualizing human relations, this collection of papers reexamines key assumptions that include psychology’s self-image as a ‘scientific’ discipline. Authors also argue that the dogma of neuropsychology in education has demoted concepts such as ‘emotion’, ‘feeling’ and ‘relationship’, so that they are now ’blind spots’ in educational theory. Other chapters offer a cautionary analysis of how misshapen notions of psychology can legitimize eugenics (as in Nazi Germany) and poison racial attitudes. Above all, has psychology, with its focus on individual merit, been complicit in hiding the impacts of power and privilege in education? This bracing new volume adopts a broader definition of education and childrearing that admits the essential contribution of the humanities to the proper study of mankind.This publication, as well as the ones that are mentioned in the preliminary pages of this work, were realized by the Research Community (FWO Vlaanderen / Research Foundation Flanders, Belgium) Philosophy and History of the Discipline of Education: Faces and Spaces of Educational Research.
    Description / Table of Contents: Educational Research:The Attraction of Psychology; Copyright Page; Earlier Volumes in this Series; Contents; Chapter 1: Making Sense of the Attraction of Psychology: On the Strengths and Weaknesses for Education and Educational Research; References; Chapter 2: Struggling with the Historical Attractiveness of Psychology for Educational Research Illustrated by the Case of Nazi Germany; 2.1 Far Too Easy Hypotheses?; 2.2 Far Too Easy Phrasing of the Questions?; 2.3 Far Too Super fi cial Conclusions?; 2.4 Far Too Broad Generalisations: The Case of Educational Psychology in Nazi Germany
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.4.1 The Discursive Surface Layer of National Socialism2.4.2 "Uniform Fascist Rule Dissolved into a Chaos of Rival Responsibilities?" (Geuter, 1992 , p. 18); 2.5 The Continuing Need for Biographical Research; 2.6 Some Concluding Remarks; Sources; References; Chapter 3: On the Fatal Attractiveness of Psychology: Racism of Intelligence in Education; 3.1 The Problem: Intelligence and Social Status; 3.2 Education in a Nation of Morons; 3.3 Intelligence Testing in the Court; 3.4 On the Neutrality of Academic Psychology; 3.5 The Pseudo Neutrality of Testing Situations
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.6 Towards the Racism of Intelligence3.7 Conclusion; References; Chapter 4: Psychology in Teacher Education: Ef fi cacy, Professionalization, Management, and Habit; 4.1 Ef fi cacy; 4.2 Professionalization; 4.2.1 Learning Sciences; 4.2.2 Political Trends; 4.3 Policy and Management; 4.4 Habit; 4.5 Wrapping Up: Implications for Research in Teacher Education; References; Chapter 5: The Fatal Attraction of the Language of Developmental Psychology in Child-Rearing; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 The Language of Developmental Psychology in Child-Rearing
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.3 The Language of Developmental Psychology in Relation to Child-Rearing and the Parent-Child Relationship: Normative Assumptions5.4 Parenting in an Age of Anxiety; 5.5 Conclusion; References; Chapter 6: Mirror Neuron, Mirror Neuron in the Brain, Who's the Cleverest in Your Reign? From the Attraction of Psychology to the Discovery of the Social; 6.1 Introduction; 6.1.1 How the Philosophy of Science Embraced the Social (and Also the Psychological); 6.1.2 How the Philosophy of Mathematics Is Reluctant to Embrace Anything; 6.1.3 Education: How to Vygotsky and Piaget?
    Description / Table of Contents: 6.2 The Special and Curious Case of Mathematics Education6.2.1 How Psychology Became Attractive for the Study of the Learning of Mathematics; 6.2.2 Beyond the Psychological; 6.3 Conclusion: Mirror Neurons at Last; References; Chapter 7: The Vocabulary of Acts: Neuroscience, Phenomenology, and the Mirror Neuron; 7.1 Rizzolatti and the Mirror Neuron; 7.2 Depsychologising Psychology: The Architecture of Research and Understanding; 7.3 Samuel Todes and the Umbilical Cord of Bodily Movement; 7.4 Objects and Things, Habitats, and Worlds; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 8: The Attraction of Neuropsychological Findings in Contemporary Educational Thinking, or Feeling, Emotion and Relationship as Blind Spots in Educational Theory
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Making sense of the attraction of psychology: On the strengths and weaknesses for education and educational research -- 2. Struggling with the historical attractiveness of psychology for educational research illustrated by the case of Nazi-Germany -- 3. On the fatal attractiveness of psychology: Racism of intelligence in education -- 4. Psychology in teacher education: Efficacy, professionalization, management, and habit -- 5. The fatal attraction of the language of developmental psychology in child rearing -- 6. Mirror neuron, mirror neuron in the brain, who’s the cleverest in your reign? From the attraction of psychology to the discovery of the social -- 7. The vocabulary of acts: Neuroscience, phenomenology, and the mirror-neuron -- 8. The attraction of neuropsychological findings in contemporary educational thinking, or: Feeling, emotion and relationship as blind spots in educational theory -- 9. In defence of the humanities against the exaggerated pretensions of ‘scientific’ psychology -- 10. The theology of education to come -- 11. Learning is not education -- 12. Attention, commitment and imagination in educational research. Open the universe a little more! -- About the Authors -- Author Index -- Subject index..
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 56
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400752191
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXI, 1041 p. 8 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Humanities ; Religion (General) ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy ; Humanities ; Religion (General)
    Abstract: The envisioned volume is a collection of recent essays about the philosophical exploration, critique and comparison of (a) the major philosophical models of God, gods and other ultimate realities implicit in the worlds philosophical schools and religions, and of (b) the ideas of such models and doing such modeling per se. The aim is to identify exactly what a model of ultimate reality is; create a comprehensive and accessible collection of extant models; and determine how best, philosophically, to model ultimate reality, if possible and desirable.
    Abstract: Dedicated to exploring the enormous variety of ultimate realities at the center of the world’s great religions and philosophical traditions, this volume is a richly varied collection of essays on how we conceive this central notion, whether expressed as God, or as an ultimate reality of another kind. Years in the making, the collection examines the guiding principles of 15 major philosophical traditions and 6 living religions. A publication of monumental scale and detail, it features an innovative thematic structure that aggregates traditions according to their core models, allowing the reader to grasp the common features of ultimate realities as understood in diverse traditions such as Hindu, Buddhist, Jewish, Muslim, Christian, and in some non-religious discussions. Borne out of proceedings at both the American Philosophical Association and the American Academy of Religion, the volume also examines foundational questions related to the human propensity for creating and using such models, including the issue of whether we are capable of acquiring knowledge of ultimate reality. It features a sustained analysis of the concept that modeling such an ultimate reality is a fruitless endeavor doomed to failure since the ultimate might well be beyond human conception, as well as reflections on the staggering diversity of these models and their application to concepts such as spirituality, gender equality, war, and global warming. Accessible and authoritative, the collection combines section primers for those new to the field, deeper treatment in dedicated essays, and a wealth of references for further reading and study
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 57
    ISBN: 9789400763623
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 252 p. 43 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Educational Linguistics 16
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Language and languages ; Education ; Education ; Language and languages ; Fremdsprachenlernen ; Universalgrammatik
    Abstract: This book proposes that research into generative second language acquisition (GenSLA) can be applied to the language classroom. Assuming that Universal Grammar plays a role in second language development, it explores generalisations from GenSLA research. The book aims to build bridges between the fields of generative second language acquisition, applied linguistics, and language teaching; and it shows how GenSLA is poised to engage with researchers of second language learning outside the generative paradigm. Each chapter of Universal Grammar and the Second Language Classroom showcases ways in which GenSLA research can inform language pedagogy. Some chapters include classroom research that tests the effectiveness of teaching particular linguistic phenomena. Others review existing research findings, discussing how these findings are useful for language pedagogy. All chapters show how generative linguistics can enhance teachers’ expertise in language and second language development. “This groundbreaking volume ably takes on the gap that currently exists between generative linguistic theory in second language acquisition (GenSLA) and second language pedagogy, by gathering chapters from GenSLA researchers who are interested in the relevance and potential application of their research to second/foreign language teaching. It offers a welcome and thought-provoking contribution to any discussion of the relation between linguistic theory and practice. I recommend it not only for language teachers interested in deepening their understanding of the formal properties of the languages they teach, but also for linguists interested in following up on more practical consequences of the fruits of their theoretical and empirical research.” Donna Lardiere, Georgetown University, Washington DC, USA. NNMMIMH
    Description / Table of Contents: Acknowledgement; Contents; Contributors; Chapter 1: Introduction: Generative Second Language Acquisition and Language Pedagogy; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Conceptual Foundations; 1.2.1 Generative Linguistic Theory; 1.2.2 Generative Second Language Acquisition; 1.3 Overview of the Volume; 1.3.1 Part I: GenSLA Applied to the Classroom; 1.3.2 Part II: GenSLA and Classroom Research; 1.3.3 Part III: GenSLA, the Language Classroom and Beyond; References; Part I: GenSLA Applied to the Classroom; Chapter 2: What Research Can Tell Us About Teaching: The Case of Pronouns and Clitics; 2.1 Introduction
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.2 Object Pronouns in Spanish2.3 Research on the Position of Clitics; 2.4 Application to Language Teaching; References; Chapter 3: L2 Acquisition of Null Subjects in Japanese: A New Generative Perspective and Its Pedagogical Implications; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Null Subjects in Generative Syntax; 3.2.1 Previous Literature; 3.2.2 Null Subjects in Japanese; 3.3 The L2 Data; 3.3.1 Research Questions; 3.3.2 Experiment; 3.3.3 Participants, Procedure, and Method of Analysis; 3.3.4 Results of the Experiment; 3.4 Discussion; 3.4.1 Why "Focus on Form"?; 3.4.2 Further Pedagogical Implications
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.5 SummaryReferences; Chapter 4: Verb Movement in Generative SLA and the Teaching of Word Order Patterns; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Linguistic and Theoretical Foundations; 4.2.1 The Linguistic Background; 4.2.2 Full Transfer/Full Access; 4.2.3 The Learning/Acquisition Distinction; 4.3 Input, Negative Evidence, and Grammar Restructuring; 4.3.1 Resetting the Verb-Movement Parameter; 4.3.2 Losing Verb Second; 4.3.3 The Difficulties of English Word Order; 4.4 Teaching English Word Order; 4.4.1 Grammaring Word Order; 4.4.1.1 Adverbs; 4.4.1.2 Verb Second; 4.5 Conclusions; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 5: Modifying the Teaching of Modifiers: A Lesson from Universal Grammar5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Hierarchies of Modifiers: Beyond the Textbook; 5.3 L2 Acquisition of P-Modifier Order; 5.3.1 Experiment I: Aladdin Preference Task; 5.3.2 Experiment II: Aladdin Grammaticality Judgment Task; 5.4 L2 Acquisition of Adjective Order; 5.5 Conclusion; 5.6 Appendix I: The Aladdin Slides; References; Chapter 6: The Syntax-Discourse Interface and the Interface Between Generative Theory and Pedagogical Approaches to SLA; 6.1 Introduction; 6.2 Interface Properties
    Description / Table of Contents: 6.3 Topic-Comment Structures in Spanish and English6.3.1 Learnability and Interface Properties; 6.4 Methodology; 6.4.1 Research Questions; 6.4.2 Participants; 6.4.3 Tasks; 6.4.3.1 Sentence Selection Task; 6.4.3.2 Sentence Completion Task; 6.4.4 Results; 6.4.4.1 Study 1, L2 Spanish: Sentence Selection Task; 6.4.4.2 Study 1, L2 Spanish: Sentence Completion Task; 6.4.4.3 Study 2, L2 English: Sentence Selection Task; 6.4.4.4 Study 2, L2 English: Sentence Completion Task; 6.5 Discussion and Implications for the L2 Classroom; 6.6 Conclusion; References; Part II: GenSLA and Classroom Research
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 7: Alternations and Argument Structure in Second Language English: Knowledge of Two Types of Intransitive Verbs
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 58
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    New York, NY : Springer New York
    ISBN: 9781461480273
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIV, 336 p. 141 illus., 87 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Monumentality in later prehistory
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Humanities ; Archaeology ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Humanities ; Archaeology
    Abstract: This volume provides the results of a 30-year excavation, reconstruction, and public interpretation campaign at the late prehistoric inland promontory settlement of Castell Henllys, here focusing on the defensive sequence and the role of monumentality in later prehistory. The site has international significance because of the extensive excavations of the Iron Age palisaded settlement and later earthen ramparts, complex gateway, and chevaux-de-frise of upright stones. It is now widely recognised that the Iron Age consisted of many regional cultural traditions, and the excavations at Castell Henllys provide a vital contrast to the well-known large hillfort communities in other parts of England and Wales as well as across Europe. As such, it is a unique window into a widespread but largely ignored site category and form of social and economic organisation. The publication will provide a case study for the construction and use of the earthworks of a major European late prehistoric settlement type - the Iron Age hillfort; the monumental construction is compared with other communal investments such as the Mississippian mounds. It will also offer an innovative form of site reporting, including alternative interpretations of the earthworks as either military defences or the community-binding symbols. Along with Excavation, Experiment, and Heritage Interpretation: Castell Henllys Hillfort Then and Now, these books will be required reading by those studying the late prehistoric archaeology of Britain and Europe at advanced undergraduate and postgraduate level, and by those in North America studying complex societies, monumentality, and ways of writing archaeology
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 1- Enclosure and Monumentality: Hillforts in British and European Late PrehistoryChapter 2- Castell Henllys in its Temporal, Cultural and Intellectual Contexts -- Chapter 3 - The Palisade and Entrance -- Chapter 4- The Interior: Roundhouses, Scoops and Activity Areas -- Chapter 5- A Boundary In Stones: The Chevaux-De-Frise -- Chapter 6- The Palisaded Settlement: Its Size, Character and Environmental Impact -- Chapter 7- Previous Research on Hillfort Ramparts and Ditches -- Chapter 8- Ramparts and Ditches on the Western Side of the Fort -- Chapter 9- The Building of a Rampart: Stratigraphy and Action Unpicked -- Chapter 10- Encircling the Promontory -- Chapter 11-Ramparts and Ditches: Evidence and Inference -- Chapter 12- Crossing Thresholds: Entrances in Stone -- Chapter 13- Crossing Thresholds: From Monumental to Non-Monumental -- Chapter14- An Epilogue: The Late Roman or post-Roman refurbishment -- Chapter 15- Context, Function, Meaning.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 59
    ISBN: 9789400752498
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VI, 221 p. 2 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Higher Education Dynamics 39
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Transformations in research, higher education and the academic market
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Education, Higher ; Economic policy ; Economics ; Education ; Education ; Education, Higher ; Economic policy ; Economics ; Education, Higher ; Economic aspects ; Education, Higher ; Finance ; Government aid to higher education ; Higher education and state ; Studium ; Finanzierung ; Öffentliche Förderung ; Wirtschaft ; Hochschule ; Europa ; Akademische Freiheit ; Wirtschaftlichkeit
    Abstract: This volume tackles head-on the controversy regarding the tensions between the principles underlying Academe on the one hand, and the free market on the other. Its outspoken thesis posits that seemingly irresistible institutional pressures are betraying a core principle of the Enlightenment: that the free pursuit of knowledge is of the highest value in its own right. As ‘market principles’ are forced on universities, inducing a neoteric culture of ‘managerialism’, many worry that the very characteristics that made European higher education in particular such a success are being eroded and replaced by ideological opportunism and economic expediency. Richly interdisciplinary, the anthology explores a wealth of issues such as the phenomenon of bibliometrics (linking an institution’s success to the volume and visibility of publications produced). Many argue that the use of such indicators to measure scientific value is inimical to the time-consuming complexities of genuine truth-seeking. A number of the greatest discoveries and innovations in the history of science, such as Newton’s laws of mechanics or the Mendelian laws of inheritance, might never have seen the light of day if today’s system of determining and defining the form and content of science had dominated. With analytical perspectives from political science, economics, philosophy and media studies, the collection interrogates, for example, the doctrine of graduate employability that exerts such a powerful influence on course type and structure, especially on technical and professional training. In contrast, the liberal arts must choose between adaptation to the dictates of employability strategies or wither away as enrollments dwindle and resources evaporate. Research projects and aims have also become an area of controversy, with many governments now assessing the value of proposals in terms of assumed commercial benefits. The contributors argue that these changes, as well as ‘reforms’ in the managerial and administrative structures in tertiary education, constitute a radical break with the previous ontology of science and scholarship: a change in its very character, and not merely its form. It shows that the ‘scientific thinking’ students, researchers, and scholars are encouraged to adopt is undergoing a rapid shift in conceptual content, with significant consequences not only for science, but also for the society of which it is a part.
    Description / Table of Contents: Transformations in Research,Higher Educationand the Academic Market; Contents; Chapter 1: Introduction; Politics and Policy; Reregulation Through Deregulation; The Business of Research; The Business of Teaching; A Transformation Resulting in the Breakdown of Scienti fi c Thought; Part One: Politics and Policy; Part Two: Economic Models; Part Three: Research and Scholarship; Part Four: Higher Education; References; Part I: Politics and Policy; Chapter 2: Power, Knowledge, Morals: Society in the Age of Hybrid Research; Introduction; Politics; Gesinnungsethik: Ethics of Conviction
    Description / Table of Contents: Verantwortungsethik: Ethics of ResponsibilityScience and Research; Academic Norms and the Central Task of Science; Epistemic Drift and Poly-cratic Research Institutions; Mertonian Norms in the Information Society: The Medialization of Science; Bureaucracy; Administrators, Entrepreneurs, and Hybrid Research; From Rules to Targets, From Government to Governance; Conclusion; References; Chapter 3: Innovation and Control: Performative Research Policy in Sweden; Introduction; The Innovation Paradigm; The Document in the Case: Government Bill 2008/09:50; Change!; Innovation!; Competition!
    Description / Table of Contents: Performative Research PolicyReferences; Chapter 4: The Scientific Mission and the Freedom of Research; The Quest for Knowledge and Its Motive: Mission or Spontaneity?; The Scienti fi c Mission and the Free Inquiry; Research Regimes and the Conditions of Science; The Mission of the Human Sciences; References; Internet Publications; Printed Publications; Part II: Economic Models; Chapter 5: Contemporary Research and Innovation Policy: A Double Disservice?; Introduction; The Policy Practitioners' Complaint: A Point of Departure; The Innovation Policy Commission
    Description / Table of Contents: Systemic Features Addressed: But Only on an Aggregated 'Group' LevelPositive Effects for Academic Research: Engaged in 'Packaging' of Research Results; Negative Effects for Academic Research: Engaged in Indirect Utilisation; Positive Effects for Business: Engaged in 'Betting' on Research; Negative Effects for Business: Engaged in 'Muddling Through'; What Is Missing?; Innovation Takes Place in Relation to Speci fi c Others; Coping with the Different Economic Logic of 'Use', 'Supply' and 'Development'; The Need for Bene fi ts in a User Setting; The Need for Bene fi ts in a Supplying Setting
    Description / Table of Contents: Developing Settings Characterized by Search for New FunctionsA Limiting Innovation Policy; Rethinking Innovation Policy; Opportunities to Renew National Developing, Supplying and Using Networks; Opportunities to Renew Resources, Activities and Actors; Conclusion: The Need for an Innovation Policy that Addresses Network Forces, Which Have both Light and Dark Sides; References; Chapter 6: The Foundations of Knowledge According to the Knowledge Foundation; Introduction; The Knowledge Foundation; The Foundation's Key Strategy: Co-production; An Ideological Project
    Description / Table of Contents: Universities (Not) in the Interests of the Public
    Description / Table of Contents: Contributors -- 1. Introduction.- Part one: POLITICS AND POLICY.- 2. Power - knowledge - morals: Society in the age of hybrid research -- 3. Innovation and control: Performative research policy in Sweden -- 4. The scientific mission and the freedom of research -- Part two: ECONOMIC MODELS.- 5. Contemporary research and innovation policy: A double disservice? -- 6. The foundations of knowledge according to The knowledge foundation -- 7. Science policy in a socially embedded economy -- Part three: RESEARCH AND SCHOLARSHIP.- 8. Down the slippery-slope: The perils of the academic research industry -- 9. In defence of discretion -- 10. Publish and perish: A note on a collapsing academic authorship -- Part four: HIGHER EDUCATION.- 11. Methodomania -- 12. Higher heteronomy: Thinking through modern university education -- 13. The academic contract: From “simply a metaphor” to technology -- 14. Conclusion - On the verge of breakdown -- References -- Index. .
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 60
    ISBN: 9789400749757
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 301 p. 12 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: The Changing Academy – The Changing Academic Profession in International Comparative Perspective 6
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Institutionalization of world-class university in global competition
    Keywords: Education, Higher ; Education ; Education ; Education, Higher ; Universities and colleges ; Sociological aspects ; Universities and colleges ; Case studies ; Comparative education
    Abstract: Moving the academic debate on from its current focus on development to a more nuanced sociological perspective, this fresh research is a collaboration between academics in Asia and Europe that assesses the factors shaping world-class universities as institutional social systems as well as national cultural treasures. The work explores in detail how WCUs have moved to a central position in policy circles, and how these often ambitious government policies on WCUs have been interpreted and adopted by university administrators and individual professors.The authors provide a wealth of empirical data on universities, both world-class and aiming for WCU status, in a range of politics and continents. They compare strategies for developing WCUs in countries of the East and the West, both developing and developed. Nations featured in the statistical purview include nine countries (Germany, France, Japan, South Korea, China, Taiwan, Malaysia, Singapore and Hong Kong SAR). The volume goes further than merely taking a snapshot of the current situation, offering detailed and considered strategies and rationales for institutionalizing and developing WCUs, particularly in Asian countries where Confucian cultural influences accord education the highest priority.
    Description / Table of Contents: Institutionalization of World-Class Universityin Global Competition; Preface; Acknowledgement; Contents; Chapter 1: The World-Class University in Different Systems and Contexts; 1.1 Global Competition and the World-Class University; 1.2 Higher Education Systems and World-Class University; 1.2.1 Non-English-Speaking Advanced Systems; 1.2.2 Non-English-Speaking Developing Systems; 1.2.3 English-Speaking Developing Systems; 1.3 World-Class Universities in Different Contexts; 1.3.1 Economic Contexts; 1.3.2 Internationalization of Academics; 1.3.3 Strategies in Different Contexts
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.4 Strategy for Building WCU in Different Systems and Contexts1.5 Concluding Remarks; References; Part I: Background of WCU Worldwide; Chapter 2: The World-Class University: Concept and Policy Initiatives; 2.1 What Is World-Class University?; 2.1.1 Conceptual Approach; 2.1.2 Common Features of World-Class University; 2.2 Institutions Called "World-Class" University; 2.2.1 Research; 2.2.2 Teaching; 2.2.3 Service Activity; 2.3 Initiatives to Build World-Class University; 2.3.1 Government Policy Level; 2.3.1.1 Mission Differentiation; 2.3.1.2 Deregulation of Governance
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.3.1.3 Research Supporting Systems2.3.1.4 Faculty Personnel and Incentive Systems; 2.3.2 University and Individual Professor Level; 2.4 Concluding Remarks; References; Chapter 3: The Global Research and the "World-Class" Universities; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 The Institutionalization of the Global Research University; 3.3 The Global and the Traditional Research University; 3.4 The Global Reach of Research and Teaching Universities; 3.5 The "World-Class Worldwide"; 3.6 The Global Reach of World-Class Universities; References; Chapter 4: World-Class Universities: The Sector Requirements
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.1 Background4.2 Definition of World-Class Universities; 4.3 Sector Requirements for World-Class Universities; 4.3.1 A High Percentage of Public Income Awarded Not on the Basis of Regular Annual Institutional Allocations but Through Competition for Excellence in Performance; 4.3.2 A High Percentage of Income from Nonstate Sources; 4.4 A High Degree of Institutional Differentiation; 4.4.1 Institutional Autonomy; 4.4.2 Ownership of Property; 4.4.3 Clear Legal Distinction Between for-Profit and Not-for-Profit Institutions, and Exemption from Taxation for Nonprofit Higher Education Institutions
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.4.4 Open Competition for State-Sponsored Research4.4.5 Autonomous Agencies of Accreditation and for Licensing of Professionals; 4.4.6 Incentives to Diversity of Students and Faculty; 4.4.7 Incentives to Improve Quality; 4.5 Assessment of Public Policy Necessary for World-Class Universities; 4.6 Summary; References; Chapter 5: Nation-States, Educational Traditions and the WCU Project; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 What Is a World-Class University (WCU)?; 5.3 What Are the Conditions and Drivers of a WC GRU?; 5.4 Different Pathways to the WC GRU
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.5 Comparison of English-Speaking Systems and Confucian Heritage Systems
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. The World-class University in Different Systems and Contexts; J.C. Shin and B.M. Kehm -- Part A. Background of WCU Worldwide -- 2. The World-class University: Concept and Policy Initiatives; J. C. Shin -- 3. The Global Research and the ‘World-class’ Universities; W. Ma -- 4. World-class Universities: The Sector Requirements; S. Heyneman and J. Lee -- 5. Nation-states, Educational Traditions and the WCU Project; S. Marginson -- Part B. WCUs in non-English Speaking Advanced Systems -- 6. To Be or Not to Be? The Impacts of the Excellence Initiative on the German System of Higher Education; B.M. Kehm -- 7.  Reconciling Republican ‘Egalité’ and Global Excellence Values in French Higher Education; L. Cremonini, P. Benneworth, F. Westerheijden and H. Dauncey -- 8. Challenges for Top Japanese Universities when Establishing a New Global Identity: Seeking a New Paradigm after “World Class”; A. Yonezawa -- Part C. WCUs in non-English Speaking Developing Systems -- 9. World-class University in Korea: Proactive Government, Responsive University, and Procrastinating Academics; J.C. Shin and Y.S. Jang -- 10. Building a World-class University in China; Y. Luo -- 11. The Challenges for Establishing World-class Universities in Taiwan; D. Chang -- Part D. WCUs in English Speaking Developing Systems -- 12. Malaysia’s World-class University Ambition: An Assessment; M. Sirat -- 13. Peering through the dust of construction: Singapore’s efforts to build WCUs; K.C. Ho -- 14. Frameworks for Creating Research Universities: The Hong Kong Case; G. Postiglione and J. Jung -- Conclusion -- 15. Universalizing the University in a World Society; F.O. Ramirez and J.W. Meyer -- 16. World-class University across Higher Education systems: Similarities, Differences, and Challenges; J.C. Shin and B.M. Kehm. - Index. .
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 61
    ISBN: 9789400763210
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIII, 190 p. 6 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Higher Education Dynamics 40
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Education, Higher ; Education ; Education ; Education, Higher ; Saudi-Arabien ; Hochschule
    Abstract: This book provides the first academically rigorous description and critical analysis of the Higher Education system in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia, and of the vision, strategies and policy imperatives for the future development of Saudi universities. The government of Saudi Arabia has recognized in both policy and practice the necessity of developing its university system to world-class standard. Significantly increasing access and participation in Higher Education across a range of traditional and non-traditional disciplines is directly relevant to the future social and economic growth of the country. This book addresses the way in which Saudi Arabia is moving to develop a quality university system that balances the need for students to gain the knowledge, skills and ‘ways of doing’ necessary to operate effectively on the world stage while simultaneously maintaining and demonstrating the fundamental values of the Islamic religion and culture. The book provides a description and critical analysis of the key components of the Saudi Higher Education system, and of system-level responses to the challenges and opportunities facing Saudi universities. It is written by a team of Saudi academics and authors of international standing from non-Saudi universities so as to provide both internal and external perspectives on all issues and to place information and ideas in the context of the international Higher Education scene
    Description / Table of Contents: Higher Education in Saudi Arabia; Foreword; Contents; Contributors; Chapter 1: Higher Education in Saudi Arabia: Reforms, Challenges and Priorities; Introduction; The Saudi Higher Education System: An Overview; The Reform Agenda; The Vision of `World Class'; Governance and Leadership; Teaching and Learning; Research and Research Productivity; Accreditation and Quality Assurance; Equity; Privatisation; Medical Education; International Collaboration and Engagement; Data Issues; Priorities; References; Chapter 2: Dreams and Realities: The World-Class Idea and Saudi Arabian Higher Education
    Description / Table of Contents: What Is a World-Class University and System?Research Universities, World-Class Status, and Rankings in the Saudi Context; The Inevitability of Rankings; Rankings Presume a Non-existent Zero-Sum Game; Where Is Teaching in the International Rankings?; What, Then, Do the Rankings Measure?; Saudi Arabia in the Rankings; An Analysis of the Rankings in the Saudi Arabian Context; Saudi Universities in the Rankings; Saudi Universities in Webometrics; Saudi Universities in the Times Higher Education Rankings; Saudi Universities in the Academic Ranking of World Universities
    Description / Table of Contents: The Impact of Ranking on Saudi UniversitiesWhat Is a World-Class System?; Ministry of Higher Education Strategies; Conclusion; References; Chapter 3: Governance in Saudi Higher Education; Introduction; Governance Arrangements; Historical Overview; Role of the Government in Higher Education; Hierarchical Structure of Saudi Higher Education; Recent Governance Reform in Saudi Higher Education; King Abdullah University for Science and Technology (KAUST); King Saud University (KSU); Current Governance Issues in Saudi Higher Education; Critical Analysis of Saudi University Governance; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 4: The Learning Experiences of Saudi Arabian Higher Education Leadership: Characteristics for Global SuccessIntroduction; The Role of Leadership in Higher Education; Academic Leadership and Culture; Leadership Development Experiences Worldwide; The Academic Leadership Center Initiative in Saudi Arabia; Conclusion; References; Chapter 5: Delivering High-Quality Teaching and Learning for University Students in Saudi Arabia; Context: A National System; Context: Entry Levels and Fields of Study; Context: Teaching and Research, Complementary or Competitive?
    Description / Table of Contents: Basic Issues and the Way They InteractA Particular Issue: Learning in English When the Home Language Is Arabic; Providing Support for Saudi Staff; Providing Support for Students; The Preparatory Year; Adequate Study Skills Remain a Major Issue; Conclusion; References; Chapter 6: Assessment of Student Learning; Introduction; The Nature of Traditional Assessment; Concerns About the Nature of Assessment; Educational Reforms and New Directions in Student Assessment; New Learning and Assessment Paradigms; The Emphasis of NCAAA on Assessment of Learning Outcomes
    Description / Table of Contents: Changes in Student Assessment Methods and Purposes
    Description / Table of Contents: Foreword -- 1. Higher Education in Saudi Arabia: Reforms, Challenges and Priorities -- 2. Dreams and Realities: The World-class Idea and Saudi Arabian Higher Education -- 3. Governance in Saudi Higher Education -- 4. The Learning Experiences of Saudi Arabian Higher Education Leadership: Characteristics for Global Success -- 5. Delivering High Quality Teaching and Learning for University Students in Saudi Arabia -- 6. Assessment of Student Learning -- 7. The Role of Information Technology in Supporting Quality Teaching and Learning -- 8. Selecting and Developing High Quality University Staff -- 9. Knowledge-Based Innovation and Research Productivity in Saudi Arabia -- 10. Accreditation and Quality Assurance -- 11. Higher Education for Women in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia -- 12. Private Higher Education in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia: Reality - Challenges - Aspirations -- 13. The Development of Medical Education in Saudi Arabia -- 14. Student Scholarships in Saudi Arabia: Implications and Opportunities for Overseas Engagement -- 15. International Collaboration -- 16. Challenges and Opportunities for Higher Education in Saudi Arabia: An Exploratory Focus Group.- 17. Higher Education in Saudi Arabia: Conclusions -- List of Contributors -- Index.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 62
    ISBN: 9789400747258
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVII, 169 p. 65 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Technical and Vocational Education and Training: Issues, Concerns and Prospects 16
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Educational tests and measurements ; Education ; Education ; Educational tests and measurements ; Berufsbildung ; Evaluation
    Abstract: The transferability of vocational education and training qualifications across international borders is a live issue in this heterogeneous field. Key to this goal is defining a common methodology for measuring vocational competences. This publication sets out a proposal for just that, based on the results of a pilot project known as COMET on competence diagnostics in the field of electrical engineering. The study deploys longitudinal analysis to explore issues of competence development, the development of vocational identity, and occupational commitment. It focuses on two discrete occupational profiles in electrical engineering in an ambitious test of a model currently applied to other professions as well. The models success in its first phase is detailed in the second part of the volume, where the authors show that the transfer of the competence framework into an empirical model was successful. They also demonstrate that the methodology can be applied to designing and evaluating vocational education and training processes, making the material relevant to VET teachers and trainers as well as academics. With its first section comprising a full description of the theoretical framework, this book is a significant step forward in an urgent task facing administrations, labor forces and employers around the world. The achievement is in proportion to the notorious complexities of a field whose diversity makes tough demands on large-scale methods of assessment.
    Description / Table of Contents: Competence Development and Assessment in TVET (COMET); Foreword by Book Series Editor; Preface; Contents; Introduction: Competence Diagnostics in Vocational Education - What For?; References; Chapter 1: Measuring Professional Competence; 1.1 Vocational Education and Training: A Challenge for Competence Diagnostics; 1.2 Examination and Competence Assessment: Two Distinct and Complementing Types of Evaluating Professional Competence Development; 1.3 Professional Competence: A Conceptual Clarification; 1.4 Professional Creativity as a Topic of Competence Diagnostics
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.5 Potentials and Limits of Competence Measurement1.5.1 Implicit (Tacit) Professional Knowledge; 1.5.2 Professional Action Competence (Professional Aptitude); 1.5.3 The "Increment of Learning"; 1.5.4 Manual Skill; 1.5.5 Social Competences; 1.5.6 Skills That Are Expressed in the Interactive Course of Work; References; Chapter 2: Foundations of a Competence Model; 2.1 Professional Knowledge; 2.2 The Training Objective: Professional Aptitude, Acting Competence, and Shaping Competence; 2.3 Professional Competence Development; 2.4 Professional Identity and Occupational Commitment; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 3: The COMET Competence Model: Foundations for the Study of Professional Competence and Identity3.1 Competence Models; 3.2 Conceptual Clarifications; 3.3 The COMET Competence Model; 3.3.1 The Levels of Professional Competence (Requirement Dimension); 3.3.2 The Content Dimension; 3.3.3 The Criteria of Holistic Problem Solving as Competence Criteria; 3.3.4 The Action Dimension; 3.4 Measuring Commitment, Professional Identity, and Context Data; References; Chapter 4: Test Development and Design of the Study; 4.1 Development and Selection of the Test Tasks; 4.1.1 Development of Test Tasks
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.1.2 Pretest4.1.3 Selection of Test Tasks for the Main Survey; 4.2 Development of the Questionnaire for the Context Data; 4.2.1 Personal Characteristics; 4.2.2 Characteristics of In-Company Training; 4.2.3 Characteristics of the Vocational Schools; 4.3 Development of the Commitment Scale; 4.4 Development of the Assessment Sheet and Operationalization of the Assessment Criteria; 4.5 Design of the Large-Scale Survey; References; Chapter 5: Test Instruments and Implementation of the COMET Study; 5.1 Instruments at the First Test Date; 5.1.1 Open Test Tasks; 5.1.2 The Context Questionnaire
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.2 Extension of the Test Methodology for the Second Test Date5.2.1 Application of a Non-verbal Test for the Assessment of Basic Cognitive Abilities; 5.2.2 Measuring Test Motivation: Survey of Trainees and Test Supervisors; 5.2.3 Rater Survey on the Weighting of Competence Criteria; 5.3 Participants of the Test Dates; 5.3.1 First Test Date (2008); 5.3.2 Second Test Date (2009) and Extension of the Study by Additional Test Dates; 5.4 The Training Enterprise as an Alternative Test Location; 5.5 Analysis of the Test Results; Reference; Chapter 6: Results 2008: The Survey Population
    Description / Table of Contents: 6.1 Selection of the Sample and Survey of the Context Data
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 63
    ISBN: 9789400749726
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVII, 180 p. 32 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Educating the Young Child, Advances in Theory and Research, Implications for Practice 5
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Educational tests and measurements ; Early childhood education ; Education ; Education ; Educational tests and measurements ; Early childhood education
    Abstract: We live in a world that is transitioning from focus on early childhood education within individual countries into a global perspective that considers how early childhood education is conducted in many diverse cultures and environments. The challenge on a global basis is how to develop programs in countries and environments that are different from a specifically western perspective. Economic, geographic, and cultural influences infuse early childhood programs around the world.In 1999, a group of educators representing 36 countries developed guidelines for establishing minimum standards for preschool programs. A purpose for developing the guidelines was to provide guidance for countries that wished to evaluate and improve their own programs. A second purpose was to help developing countries initiating preschools to have relevant information about quality programs. The later development of an assessment tool based on the Global Guidelines served as a vehicle to use the guidelines to assess a single program or multiple programs. The continuing work with these guidelines in many countries throughout the world since 2000 has resulted in the collection of information that reveals the uniqueness of programs in different countries.
    Description / Table of Contents: pt. 1. Background -- pt. 2. School environments -- pt. 3. Curriculum content and pedagogy -- pt. 4. Children with special needs -- pt. 5. The early childhood educator -- pt. 6. Family, school, and community partnerships.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Looking at Early Childhood Programs from a Global Perspective -- Part 1: Background -- 2. Cross-Cultural Collaboration Research to Improve Early Childhood Education -- Part 2: School Environments -- 3. From Montessori to Culturally Relevant Schools Under the Trees in Kenya -- 4. Preschool Environments in Rural West Africa -- 5. Kindergarten Environments in Reggio Emilia, Bologna, Modena, and Parma, Italy -- Part 3: Curriculum Content and Pedagogy -- 6. Kindergartens in Russia’s Far East: The Effect of Climate -- 7. Preserving Cultural Heritage in Korea -- Part 4: Children with Special Needs -- 8. International Perspectives on Services for Young Children with Special Needs -- 9. New Visions for Preschool Inclusive Education in Mexico -- 10. Early Childhood Special Education in China: Advocacy and Practice -- Part 5: The Early Childhood Educator -- 11. Administrators, Teachers, and Nineras: Professional Partnerships for Quality in Guatemala -- 12. Early Childhood Teachers in Slovakia -- 13. Teachers of Dual Language Children in China -- Part 6: Family, School and Community Partnerships -- 14. Family and Village Partnerships in Rural Schools in Senegal -- 15. Weaving Relationships between Preschools, Families, and Communities: the Nurturing Connections to the Reggio Emilia Region of Italy -- 16. Conclusion -- Index. .
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 64
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400753860
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIV, 194 p. 22 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Educational Linguistics 14
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Applied linguistics ; Language and languages ; Education ; Education ; Applied linguistics ; Language and languages ; Englischunterricht ; ECTS ; Englisch ; Europa ; Fremdsprachenunterricht ; Bologna-Prozess ; ECTS
    Abstract: Spanning the divide between the theory and praxis of competency-based teaching in tertiary language education, this volume contains invaluable practical guidance for the post-secondary sector on how to approach, teach, and assess competencies in Bologna-adapted systems of study. It presents the latest results of prominent European research projects, programs of pedagogical innovation, and thematically linked academic networks. Responding to a profound need for a volume addressing the practical aspects of the newly designed language degrees now being rolled out across Europe, this essential contribution pools the insights of a prestigious set of scholars, practitioners, and policy makers from diverse parts of Europe and the US. It will inform crucial decisions about instituting and evaluating competencies in a new generation of language studies programmes."This volume offers a diversity of perspectives with contributions from both European and North American experts. Although the primary focus of the volume is on Europe, with an explicit goal of bridging the gap between the theory and practice of competency-based teaching in the context of the creation of the European Higher education Area (EHEA) and the implementation of the European Credit Transfer System (ECTS), its implications for language education clearly transcend geographic boundaries. The concept of competencies is closely linked to a learner-centered, meaning-based model of learning in which learner autonomy plays a central role and which emphasizes lifelong learning. In bringing together current research perspectives from both sides of the Atlantic, the volume successfully underscores the shared challenges of transforming language education in a globalized, postmodern world." Nelleke Van Deusen-Scholl, Director of the Center for Language Study, Yale College, USA
    Abstract: Spanning the divide between the theory and praxis of competency-based teaching in tertiary language education, this volume contains invaluable practical guidance for the post-secondary sector on how to approach, teach, and assess competencies in Bologna-adapted systems of study. It presents the latest results of prominent European research projects, programs of pedagogical innovation, and thematically linked academic networks.Responding to a profound need for a volume addressing the practical aspects of the newly designed language degrees now being rolled out across Europe, this essential contribution pools the insights of a prestigious set of scholars, practitioners, and policy makers from diverse parts of Europe and the US. It will inform crucial decisions about instituting and evaluating competencies in a new generation of language studies programmes."This volume offers a diversity of perspectives with contributions from both European and North American experts. Although the primary focus of the volume is on Europe, with an explicit goal of bridging the gap between the theory and practice of competency-based teaching in the context of the creation of the European Higher education Area (EHEA) and the implementation of the European Credit Transfer System (ECTS), its implications for language education clearly transcend geographic boundaries. The concept of competencies is closely linked to a learner-centered, meaning-based model of learning in which learner autonomy plays a central role and which emphasizes lifelong learning. In bringing together current research perspectives from both sides of the Atlantic, the volume successfully underscores the shared challenges of transforming language education in a globalized, postmodern world." Nelleke Van Deusen-Scholl, Director of the Center for Language Study , Yale College, USA
    Description / Table of Contents: Competency-based LanguageTeaching in Higher Education; Preface: Languages in the European Higher Education Area; Introduction; Multilingualism in Europe; The Issue About "Global English"; English as a Key to Progress in the European Higher Education Area; Conclusion; Contents; Contributors; Chapter 1: Introduction and Overview; 1.1 Language Teaching in Higher Education; 1.2 Competency-Based Language Teaching in Higher Education; 1.3 Definition and Characterization of the Notion of "Competency"; 1.4 Competency-Based Language Teaching in Higher Education: Where Do We Stand?
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.5 Overview of the Volume1.5.1 Part I: Adapting to a Competency-Based Model in Tertiary Education: Necessary Changes in Language Teaching; 1.5.2 Part II: Teaching Competencies in Tertiary Language Education; 1.5.3 Part III: Evaluating Competencies in Tertiary Language Education; 1.6 Conclusion; References; Part I: Adapting to a Competency-Based Model in Tertiary Education: Necessary Changes in Language Teaching; Chapter 2: From Content to Competency: Challenges Facing Higher Education Language Teaching in Europe; 2.1 A Changing Linguistic Landscape
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.2 The Language Challenge Facing Higher Education in Europe2.3 Towards a Competency-Based Approach to HE Language Teaching and Learning; 2.4 The CEFR and the Bologna Process; 2.5 The CEFR and the Development of Pragmatic Competencies; 2.6 The CEFR and Life-Long Language Learning; 2.7 The CEFR - Opportunity and Challenge; 2.8 Conclusions; References; Chapter 3: Adapting to a Competency-Based Model in Tertiary Education: Lessons Learned from the European Project ADELEEES; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Research Design; 3.2.1 Objectives; 3.2.2 Procedure and Instruments
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.2.2.1 Questionnaire Design and Validation3.2.2.2 Administration of the Questionnaires; 3.2.3 Participants; 3.2.3.1 Global Figures; 3.2.3.2 Students; 3.2.3.3 Teachers; 3.2.4 Statistical Methodology; 3.3 Results and Discussion; 3.3.1 Students: Global Results; 3.3.1.1 Competency Development and Evaluation; 3.3.1.2 Types of Groupings and Learning Modalities; 3.3.1.3 Methodology; 3.3.1.4 Materials and Resources; 3.3.1.5 Evaluation; 3.3.2 Teachers: Global Results; 3.3.2.1 Competency Development and Evaluation; 3.3.2.2 Types of Groupings and Learning Modalities; 3.3.2.3 Methodology
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.3.2.4 Materials and Resources3.3.2.5 Evaluation; 3.3.3 Comparison of Student and Teacher Outcomes; 3.3.3.1 Competency Development and Evaluation; 3.3.3.2 Types of Groupings and Learning Modalities; 3.3.3.3 Methodology; 3.3.3.4 Materials and Resources; 3.3.3.5 Evaluation; 3.4 Conclusions; 3.5 Implications of the Study: Suggestions for Improvement; 3.6 Lines for Future Research; References; Part II: Teaching Competencies in Tertiary Language Education; Chapter 4: Competences and Foreign Language Teacher Education in Spain; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Competence and Teacher Education
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.2.1 Competences and Competencies
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 65
    ISBN: 9789400761070
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVI, 382 p. 29 illus., 4 illus. in color, digital)
    Series Statement: MARE Publication Series 7
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Wildlife management ; Marine Sciences ; Humanities ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Wildlife management ; Marine Sciences ; Humanities ; Fischerei ; Governance
    Abstract: Following in the footsteps of the book Fish for Life - Interactive Governance for Fisheries (Kooiman et al., 2005), and the interdisciplinary approach it presents, this volume illustrates the contribution of interactive governance theory to understanding core fisheries and aquaculture challenges. These challenges are invariably linked to broader concerns such as ecosystem health, social justice, sustainable livelihoods and food security. The central concept in this perspective is governability - the varied capacity to govern fisheries and aquaculture systems sustainably. Many of these systems are characterized by problems that are inherently 'wicked' and therefore difficult to address. The authors of this edited volume argue that responses to such problems must consider context; specifically the character of the fisheries and aquaculture systems themselves, their institutional conditions, and the internal and external interactions that affect them. Drawing on a diverse set of international experiences, the volume offers a new lens and systematic approach to analysing the nature of governance problems and opportunities in fisheries and aquaculture, exploring pressing challenges and identifying potential solutions. ”It now seems clear that the crisis in the world’s fisheries [is] a much larger and more complex problem than many had imagined. Yet, examining it through the lens of governability may offer the best hope for alleviating it--as well as alleviating similar crises in other social systems.” James R. McGoodwin (Professor Emeritus, University of Colorado)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 66
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400748750
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 349 p. 15 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    Keywords: Education, Higher ; Education ; Education ; Education, Higher
    Abstract: This volume provides insightful analysis of the way higher education engages with socially excluded communities. Leading researchers and commentators examine the validity of the claim that universities can be active facilitators of social mobility, opening access to the knowledge economy for formerly excluded groups. The authors assess the extent to which the ‘Academy’ can deliver on its promise to build bridges with communities whose young people often assume that higher education lies beyond their ambitions. The chapters map the core dynamics of the relationship between higher education and communities which have bucked the more general trend of rapidly rising student numbers. Contributors also take the opportunity to reflect on the potential impact of these dynamics on the evolution of the university’s role as a social institution. The volume was inspired by a symposium attended by a wide spectrum of participants, including government, senior university managers, academic researchers and community groups based in areas suffering from social exclusion. It makes a substantive contribution to an under-researched field, with authors seeking to both shape solutions as well as better diagnose the problem. Some chapters include valuable contextual analysis, using empirical data from North America, Europe and Australia to add substance to the debates on policy and theory. The volume seeks to offer a defining intellectual statement on the interaction between the concept of a ‘university’ and those communities historically missing from higher education participation, the volume deepens our understanding of what might characterise an ‘engaged’ university and strengthens the theoretical foundations of the topic.
    Description / Table of Contents: 〈p〉Preface -- Contributors -- 〈b〉Part 1〈/b〉: University Engagement with Socially Excluded Communities -- 〈b〉Part 2:〈/b〉 Internal University Transformations for Effective Regional Engagement -- 〈b〉Part 3:〈/b〉 Transformations in the Epistemic ‘Idea’ of a University -- 〈b〉Part 4:〈/b〉 Transformation in the Social Environment for University-Community Engagement -- 〈b〉Part 5:〈/b〉 Conclusions -- 〈i〉 〈/i〉Index.〈/p〉.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 67
    ISBN: 9789400763500
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VI, 290 p. 15 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Philosophy of Engineering and Technology 10
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Technology Philosophy ; Education Philosophy ; Humanities ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Technology Philosophy ; Education Philosophy ; Humanities ; Ingenieurstudium ; Soziale Gerechtigkeit ; Technikphilosophie
    Abstract: Hoping to help transform engineering into a more socially just field of practice, this book offers various perspectives and strategies while highlighting key concepts and themes that help readers understand the complex relationship between engineering education and social justice. This volume tackles topics and scopes ranging from the role of Buddhism in socially just engineering to the blinding effects of ideologies in engineering to case studies on the implications of engineered systems for social justice. This book aims to serve as a framework for interventions or strategies to make social justice more visible in engineering education and enhance scholarship in the emerging field of Engineering and Social Justice (ESJ). This creates a ‘toolbox’ for engineering educators and students to make social justice a central theme in engineering education
    Description / Table of Contents: Contents; Part I: Introduction to Engineering Education and Engineering for Social Justice (ESJ); Chapter 1: Introduction; 1.1 Who Is This Book For?; 1.2 Motivations for Putting This Book Together; 1.3 Historic Convergence of Circumstances; 1.3.1 Calls for Change; 1.3.2 An (In)Visible History; 1.4 Defining Social Justice; 1.5 How This Book Approaches ESJ: Autobiographical, Historical, Philosophical, Pedagogical, Practical and Beyond; References; Part II: Where Have We Been? Where Can We Go?; Chapter 2: Engineering, Social Justice, and Peace: Strategies for Educational and Professional Reform
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.1 Introduction2.2 Background: A Short History of ESJP; 2.3 Methods and Scope; 2.4 Educational Reform Strategies; 2.4.1 Pedagogical Initiatives; 2.4.1.1 Liberal-Education Courses; 2.4.1.2 Technical Course Modules; 2.4.1.3 Critical Learning Thresholds; 2.4.1.4 Experiential Learning; 2.4.1.5 Liberative Pedagogies; 2.4.2 Curricular Initiatives; 2.4.2.1 Structuring General Education Content; 2.4.2.2 Social and Technical Integration in Engineering Design; 2.4.3 Institutional Initiatives; 2.5 Professional Reform Strategies; 2.5.1 Networking; 2.5.2 Re-conceptualizing "Engineering"; 2.6 Conclusions
    Description / Table of Contents: ReferencesChapter 3: Power. Systems. Engineering. Traveling Lines of Resistance in Academic Institutions; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Thermo as Usual; 3.2.1 Thermo and Gnosticism: A Tale of Two Esoteric Subjects; 3.2.2 Learning to Stay and Fight: Lessons from Social Justice; 3.3 Transformative Processes; 3.3.1 First Attempts; 3.3.2 Teaching About Power; 3.3.3 Epistemology: Teaching Material and Its Critique; 3.3.4 Book Project; 3.4 Institutional Obstacles; 3.4.1 Obstacles; 3.4.2 Students and Faculty; 3.5 How I Got Away with It (So Far); 3.6 Conclusion; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Part III: Conceptual Contributions to ESJChapter 4: The (Mis)Framing of Social Justice: Why Ideologies of Depoliticization and Meritocracy Hinder Engineers' Ability to Think About Social Injustices; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Cultural Ideologies in Engineering; 4.3 Depoliticization of Engineering; 4.4 The Ideology of Meritocracy; 4.5 Misframing Social Justice Issues; 4.5.1 Non-dominant and Dominant Groups Adopt These Ideologies; 4.6 The Insufficiency of One Lecture or One Essay: The Task of Reframing; 4.7 Conclusion; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 5: What Can Buddhism Offer to a Socially Just Engineering Education?5.1 Introduction; 5.2 The Practice of the Six Virtues of the Bodhisattva Path; 5.2.1 Generosity; 5.2.2 Ethics; 5.2.3 Patience; 5.2.4 Perseverance; 5.2.5 Mindfulness; 5.2.6 Wisdom; 5.3 The Practice of the Six Virtues and Leadership Theory; 5.4 Three-Level Model of Leadership Based on Buddhism 12; 5.4.1 First Level: Actions to Benefit Oneself; 5.4.2 Second Level: Actions to Benefit Others; 5.4.3 Third Level: Interrelated Benefits; 5.5 Implementing the Framework in a Pre-college Engineering Case Scenario
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.5.1 Description of the Scenario
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 68
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    New York, NY : Springer New York
    ISBN: 9781461408635
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 170 p. 4 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Keywords: Curriculum planning ; Consciousness ; Education ; Education ; Curriculum planning ; Consciousness
    Abstract: With limited empirical research available on online teaching across cultures especially with Native and Hispanic American students, this book will present the findings of a two-year, Spencer-funded study in creating an inclusive (i.e., multicultural and intergenerational) instructional design model for online learning. The book is expected to provide the readers a field guide of teaching approach (comprising pedagogical, technical, relational and other suggestions for teaching) for inclusive e-learning, with a foundation in the research on how students from different cultures and generation gr
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface; Contents; Part I: Diversity in Online Learning Contexts; Chapter 1: Introduction and Background; Culture and Age Diversity in Designing Inclusive Learning Environments; Definitions of Culture; Ethnicity- and Age-Related Cultural Diversities; Theoretical Perspectives on the Effect of Cultural and Age Differences on Cognition, Communication, and Behavior; Cultural Effect; Effect of Age; Theoretical Perspectives on Cultural and Age Differences in Technology-Mediated Operations; Web-Based Education Across Culture and Age; Research on Cultural Issues in Web-Based Education
    Description / Table of Contents: Research on Age-Related Diversity in Online EducationSummary; An Outline of the Book; References; Chapter 2: Multicultural and Intergenerational Teaching and Learning: Current Research; Constructs of Culture in Higher Education; Cross-Cultural Online Education; Modes and Focus of Research; Research Methods; Populations Studied; Research Questions; Major Findings; Nontraditional Student Success and Intergenerational Online Education; Nontraditional or Adult Student Population Studied; Research Questions; Research Methods; Major Findings; Appendix; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 3: A Two-Year Research Project on Web-Based Teaching and LearningResearch Design; Sites and Participants; Data Collection and Analysis; Interviewing; Online Observation of Learning Events; Online Discussion Transcripts; Document or Artifact Analysis of Online Course Documents; Quantitative Data and Analyses; A Summary of Major Findings; References; Part II:Study Findings; Chapter 4: Diversity in Online Learning Interaction and Participation; Student-Student Interactions; Quantity and Quality of Online Discussions; Diversity in Experience and Perception of Student-Student Interaction
    Description / Table of Contents: Diverse Interpretations of Interaction ParticipationDisciplinary Effect; Mediation of Instructional Design; Technology-Mediated Peer Interaction for Diverse Learners; Weighted Down or Digest; Sense of Trust and Security in Online Interaction; The Presence and Role of Culture and Age During Student-Student Interaction; Multidimensional Cultural Roots; Cultural Roots in Life and Work Involvements; Cultural Roots in Age-Related Experience and Mind-Set; Emergence of Online Interaction Norms; Cross-Cultural, Multicultural, and Intergenerational Adaptation; Student-Instructor Interaction
    Description / Table of Contents: Age, Ethnicity, and Education on Level of Student-Instructor InteractionTechnology-Mediated Presence of Instructor; Shadowy Existence; Personable Presence; Match and Adaptation Between the Teaching and Learning Culture; Student-to-Content Interaction; Time or Frequency in Interacting with Learning Objects; Content Interaction Processes; Absorption Process; Interaction with the Content Packet; The Older, the More Prepared; Archived Content Processing for Language or Culture Learners; Perceived Learning Satisfaction; References; Chapter 5: Cultural Constructs in Teaching and Learning
    Description / Table of Contents: Findings: Cultural Constructs of Teaching and Learning
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 69
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400767546
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (IX, 264 p, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    DDC: 301
    RVK:
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Humanities ; Anthropology ; Consciousness ; Social Sciences ; Politische Psychologie ; Kritische Theorie
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 70
    ISBN: 9789400723214 , 1283944987 , 9781283944984
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 250 p, online resource)
    Series Statement: Mathematics Education in the Digital Era 1
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Martinovic, Dragana Visual Mathematics and Cyberlearning
    RVK:
    Keywords: Visualization ; Computer software ; Mathematics ; Education ; Education ; Visualization ; Computer software ; Mathematics ; Education Philosophy
    Abstract: The first volume in this new Springer series explores innovative ways of learning and doing mathematics to make it more appealing to the Net Generation. This generation consists of visual learners who thrive when surrounded with new technologies and whose diverse needs can be met by a variety of cyber tools. In their search for novel ways of studying, such as collaboration with peers and multitasking by using multimedia, the Internet, and other Information and Communication Technologies, they learn mathematics by playing games online, watching and sharing presentations on YouTube, exploring and creating Java applets of mathematics simulations and exchanging thoughts over the instant chat tools. This volume presents mathematics teaching and learning in a way that resonates with these new learners: as a contemporary subject that is engaging, exciting and enlightening. It offers educators insight into how they can make meaningful use of the dynamic, interactive, collaborative, and visual nature of new learning environments while having a deeper understanding of their potential advantages and limitations. This volume:- Bridges the gap between Net Generation learners and mathematics education- Presents conceptual frameworks for research in this area- Explores research data that shed a light on innovative theories and practices in the field of visual mathematics and cyberlearning.
    Description / Table of Contents: Visual Mathematics and Cyberlearning; Introduction; Mathematics Education in the Digital Era (MEDEra) Series; Visual Mathematics and Cyberlearning - The First Book in the MEDEra Series; Contents; Patterns of Collaboration: Towards Learning Mathematics in the Era of the Semantic Web; Introduction; Cyberlearning: From Web 1.0 to Web 2.0; Patterns of Collaboration: The Case of the MiGen and Metafora Projects; Collaboration in Exploratory Learning Environments; The MiGen System and the Metafora Platform; Collaboration Within the MiGen System and the Metafora Platform
    Description / Table of Contents: Student Collaboration and the TeacherCyberlearning: From Web 2.0 to Web 3.0; The Likely Impact of Web 3.0 on Systems Such as MiGen and Metafora; Conclusion; References; Collaborative Mathematics Learning in Online Environments; Introduction; Collaborative Online Learning of Research-Level Mathematics; Why Talk About the Research Level?; Overview of Online Collaboration at the Research Level; The Polymath Projects; The MathOverflow Website; Collaborative Online Learning: Undergraduate and School-Age Mathematics; Mathematics - Stack Exchange
    Description / Table of Contents: An Excerpt of an Exchange on Mathematics - Stack ExchangeA Global Learning Project; Virtual Math Teams; Analysis and Contextualization; Computer Supported Collaborative Learning; The Computer Moderated Communication Model; Networked Learning, and Collaboration Versus Cooperation; Self-Regulated Learning; Discussion; References; The Integration of Mathematics Discourse, Graphical Reasoning and Symbolic Expression by a Virtual Math Team; Mathematical Practices; Data Collection and Methodology; Setting Up the Mathematical Analysis; Excerpt 1: Constitution of a New Math Task
    Description / Table of Contents: Excerpt 2: Co-construction of a Method for Counting SticksExcerpt 3: Collective Noticing of a Pattern of Growth; Excerpt 4: Resolution of Referential Ambiguity via Visual Proof; Concluding the Mathematical Analysis; Excerpt 5: Re-initiating the Discussion of the Algebraic Formula; Excerpt 6: Co-reflection on What the Team has Achieved So Far; Excerpt 7: Overcoming the Problem of Overlapping Sticks; Excerpt 8: Derivation of the Formula for the Number of Sticks; Discussion; Visibility of the Production Process; Persistent Presence of Contributions
    Description / Table of Contents: Methods for Referencing Relevant Artifacts in the Shared Visual FieldCoordination of Whiteboard Visualizations and Chat Narratives; Past and Future Relevancies Implied by Shared Mathematical Artifacts; Conclusion; References; Investigating the Mathematical Discourse of Young Learners Involved in Multi-Modal Mathematical Investigations: The Case of Haptic Technologies; Background and Rationale; Dynamic Geometry; Haptic Technology; Merging Fields; Theoretical Perspectives; Multi-modal Environment Design; Technical Specifications; Design of Mathematical Activities; Classification of Solids
    Description / Table of Contents: Planar Intersections
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Keith Jones, Eirini Geraniou, & Thanassis Tiropanis: Patterns of collaboration: Towards learning mathematics in the era of the semantic web -- 2. Gorjan Alagic & Mara Alagic: Collaborative mathematics learning in online environments -- 3. Murat Perit Cakir & Gerry Stahl: The integration of mathematics discourse, Graphical reasoning and symbolic expression by a Virtual Math Team -- 4. Beste Güçler, Stephen Hegedus, Ryan Robidoux, & Nicholas Jackiw: Investigating the Mathematical Discourse of Young Learners Involved in Multi-Modal Mathematical Investigations: The Case of Haptic Technologies -- 5. Dragan Trninic & Dor Abrahamson: Embodied interaction as designed mediations of conceptual performance -- 6. Luis Radford: Sensuous Cognition -- 7. George Gadanidis & Immaculate Namukasa: New media and online mathematics learning for teachers -- 8. Ann LeSage: Web-based video clips: A supplemental resource for supporting pre-service elementary mathematics teachers -- 9. Dragana Martinovic, Viktor Freiman, & Zekeriya Karadag: Visual mathematics and cyberlearning in view of Affordance and Activity Theories. .
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 71
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    New York, NY : Springer New York
    ISBN: 9781461468745
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVIII, 297 p. 33 illus., 27 illus. in color, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Cultural heritage politics in China
    RVK:
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Regional planning ; Humanities ; Archaeology ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Regional planning ; Humanities ; Archaeology ; Cultural property ; Cultural property China ; Cultural property Protection ; Law and legislation ; China ; Cultural property Protection ; Political aspects ; China ; Historic sites ; Historic sites China ; Museums Political aspects ; China ; Cultural property ; China ; Cultural property ; Government policy ; China ; Kongress 2011 ; Urbana, Ill ; Konferenzschrift 2011 ; Konferenzschrift ; Kongress 2011 ; Urbana, Ill ; Konferenzschrift 2011 ; Konferenzschrift ; China ; Weltkulturerbe ; Denkmalschutz ; China ; Kulturerbe ; Kulturpolitik
    Abstract: This volume explores China's cultural heritage ideology and policies from three interrelated perspectives: the State and World Heritage tourism; cultural heritage tourism at undesignated sites, and the cultural politics of museums and collections. Something of a cultural heritage designation craze is happening in China. This is new within even the last five to ten years. Officials at many levels now see heritage preservation as a means for commoditizing their regions. They are devoting new resources and attention to national and international heritage designations. Thus, addressing cultural h
    Description / Table of Contents: Acknowledgments; Contents; Contributors; Contributor Bios; Part I Introduction; 1 Cultural Heritage Politics in China: An Introduction; Introduction; China, UNESCOUnesco, and Cultural Heritage Bureaucracy; Ethnicity and Heritage; Heritage and TourismTourism: Heritage TourismTourism; Museums and Collections; Papers in the Volume; Local, Regional, National, and International Interests in a World Heritage Era; Cultural Heritage and Tourismtourism in Undesignated Sites; The Politics of Museumsmuseums and Collections; Routes as Heritage: Branding Space in a Global[ized] China; Conclusion
    Description / Table of Contents: AcknowledgmentsReferences; 2 Does the Institution of Property RightsProperty rights Matter for Heritage Preservation? Evidence from China; Introduction; The Status Quo About Protection and Utilization of Heritage in China; Fire on the World Heritage List Cultural Heritage Site of Wudang Mountains; Daming Palace Park was Built on an Important Heritage Site; The Highest and Fastest Outside Elevator in the World; Characteristics of the Present Institution of Property RightsProperty Rights For Heritage in China
    Description / Table of Contents: The Practical Consequences Led by the Present Institution of the Property RightsProperty rights of HeritageConclusions; References; Part II Local, Regional, Nationaland International Interestsin a World Heritage Era; 3 Chinese Cosmopolitanism (Tianxia He Shijie Zhuyi) in China's Heritage Tourism; Introduction; Cosmopolitanism Writ Large; Western Cosmopolitanism; Chinese Cosmopolitanism; Indigenous Cosmopolitanism; Cosmopolitan Analysis of Tourism; Cosmopolitanism in World Heritage Sites; Ethnic and Ecological Heritage Tourismecological heritage tourism Development
    Description / Table of Contents: Tianxia and Shijie in China's Heritage TourismCase Studies in Yunnan; In and Around the Stone ForestStone Forest; Sani World Heritage; Axi Intangible Heritage; In Yunnan's Northwest; Search for Shangri-laShangri-La; Conclusions; References; 4 Groping for Stones to Cross the River: Governing Heritage in Emei; Introduction; Regulatory Agency of Heritage GovernanceHeritage Governance in China; Introducing Emei and Research Methods; Restructuring Agency for Heritage GovernanceHeritage Governance; Interpreting Authenticity in Heritage Conservation; Tourism Operation in Heritage Development
    Description / Table of Contents: ConclusionReferences; 5 Local versus National Interests in the Promotion and Management of a Heritage Site: A Case Study from Zhejiang Province, China; The Creation of the Man-Made God; The Cultural Heritage; The Hugong Fortune-Telling Poems; Family Hotel Business; The Temple Fair; The Chinese New Year Celebration; A New Era of Constructed Heritage; The Holistic Relocation; The Relocation Guidelines; The Practical Challenges and Management Issues of the Guidelines; The Execution of the Relocation Plan; Conclusions; References; Online References; Other References
    Description / Table of Contents: 6 Tourism, Migration and the Politics of Built Heritage in Lijiang, China
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Cover
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 72
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400758360
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 772 p. 27 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Higher Education: Handbook of Theory and Research 28
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    Keywords: Curriculum planning ; Education, Higher ; Education
    Abstract: Published annually since 1985, the Handbook series provides a compendium of thorough and integrative literature reviews on a diverse array of topics of interest to the higher education scholarly and policy communities. Each chapter provides a comprehensive review of research findings on a selected topic, critiques the research literature in terms of its conceptual and methodological rigor, and sets forth an agenda for future research intended to advance knowledge on the chosen topic. The Handbook focuses on a comprehensive set of central areas of study in higher education that encompasses the salient dimensions of scholarly and policy inquiries undertaken in the international higher education community. Each annual volume contains chapters on such diverse topics as research on college students and faculty, organization and administration, curriculum and instruction, policy, diversity issues, economics and finance, history and philosophy, community colleges, advances in research methodology, and more. The series is fortunate to have attracted annual contributions from distinguished scholars throughout the world.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 73
    ISBN: 9789400743045
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIII, 297 p. 17 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Explorations of Educational Purpose 23
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Mathematics ; Science Study and teaching ; Education ; Education ; Mathematics ; Science Study and teaching
    Abstract: Learning in informal settings is attracting growing attention from policymakers and researchers, yet there remains, at the moment, a dearth of literature on the topic. Thus this volume, which examines how science and mathematics are experienced in everyday and out-of-school-time (OST) settings, makes an important contribution to the field of the learning sciences. Conducting research on OST learning requires us to broaden and deepen our conceptions of learning as well as to better identify the unique and common qualities of different learning settings. We must also find better ways to analyze the interplay between OST and school-based learning. In this volume, scholars develop theoretical structures that are useful not only for understanding learning processes, but also for helping to create and support new opportunities for learning, whether they are in or out of school, or bridging a range of settings. The chapters in this volume include studies of everyday and situated processes that facilitate science and mathematics learning. They also feature new theoretical and empirical frameworks for studying learning pathways that span both in- and out-of-school time and settings. Contributors also examine structured OST programs in which everyday and situated modes of learning are leveraged in support of more disciplined practices and conceptions of science and mathematics. Fortifying much of this work is a leading focus on educational equitya desire to foster more socially supportive and intellectually engaging science and mathematics learning opportunities for youth from historically non-dominant communities. Full of compelling examples and revealing analysis, this book is a vital addition to the literature on a subject with a fast-rising profile.
    Description / Table of Contents: LOST Opportunities; Preface; A New Way of Looking; This Volume; Thank Yous; References; Contents; Part I: What Counts as Math and Science?; Chapter 1: Introduction: What Counts as Math and Science?; References; Chapter 2: Math I Am: What We Learn from Stories That People Tell About Math in Their Lives; Introduction; Methods; The Interviews; (Mathematical) Identity and Narrative; Home and Mathematics; "What Is Mathematics?" in the Family; Diverse Kinds of Mathematics; Mathematics at Home Stories Are Social; Getting It Done Instead of Getting the Right Answer; Mathematics as Part of Fun
    Description / Table of Contents: How Mathematics in the Family Relates to the Question of "Who Am I?"Being Personally Responsible; Being Socially Responsible; Being a Family Together; Home and Mathematics Identity; School and Mathematics; "What Is Mathematics?" at School; Generalizing About Experiences with School Mathematics; Mathematics as Speci fi c Problems, Teachers, and Grades; Mathematics for Mathematics' Sake; How Mathematics at School Relates to the Question of "Who Am I?"; School and Mathematics Identity; Design Implications of the MIAM Stories; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 3: What Counts as Science in Everyday and Family Interactions?Introduction; Examples of Science-Relevant Activities in Everyday Life; Conversations About Sea Creatures at an Aquarium; Testing Predictions at a Car Track Museum Exhibit; Conversations About Temperature and Melting in a Storybook-Reading Activity; Conversations About Sun Safety at a Community Health Fair; Conclusions; References; Chapter 4: What Counts as Mathematics When "We All Use Math Every Day"? A Look at NUMB3RS; Mathematics in Movies and Television; NUMB3RS; The Mathematics of NUMB3RS; Methods: Word Counts
    Description / Table of Contents: We All Use Math Every Day: Who Is "We"?We All Use Math Every Day: What Is "Math"?; Methods: Audience Response Study; Who Does Mathematics in NUMB3RS ?; How Do Viewers Decide Something Counts as Mathematics?; Learning in Out-of-School Time: Mathematics and Media; Appendix; References; Chapter 5: What Counts Too Much and Too Little as Math; Stupid Gerry; What Counts as Math Times Two; Math and "Our Language"; Architect A and Architect B; Math Is Distributed and Expressed in Diverse Forms in Everyday Life; Mathematics In-Not-As the Activity; Dumb Ted; Where Do We Go from Here?; Coda; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 6: When Is Mathematics, and Who Says So?: A Commentary on Part IReferences; Part II: Understanding How and Why People Learn Across Settings as an Educational Equity Strategy; Chapter 7: Introduction: Understanding How and Why People Learn Across Settings as an Educational Equity Strategy; References; Chapter 8: Creating Within and Across Life Spaces: The Role of a Computer Clubhouse in a Child's Learning Ecology; Introduction; Theoretical Goals and Methodological Strategies; Luis's Learning Pathways; Getting Started at the Clubhouse
    Description / Table of Contents: Movie-Making Process: Idea Generation, Feedback, and Revision
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 74
    ISBN: 9789400745605
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VII, 483 p. 62 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Studies in the History of Philosophy of Mind 11
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Dunér, David, 1970 - The natural philosophy of Emanuel Swedenborg
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Science History ; Philosophy of mind ; Humanities ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Science History ; Philosophy of mind ; Humanities ; Swedenborg, Emanuel 1688-1772 ; Naturphilosophie ; Swedenborg, Emanuel 1688-1772 ; Naturphilosophie
    Abstract: Although Emanuel Swedenborg (16881772) is commonly known for his spiritual philosophy, his early career was focused unnatural science. During this period, Swedenborg thought of the world was like a gigantic machine, following the laws of mechanics and geometry. This volume analyzes this mechanistic worldview from the cognitive perspective, by means of a study of the metaphors in Swedenborgs texts. The author argues that these conceptual metaphors are vital skills of the creative mind and scientific thinking, used to create visual analogies and abstract ideas. This means that Swedenborgs mechanistic and geometrical worldview, allowed him to perceive the world as mechanical and geometrical. Swedenborg thought with books and pens. The reading gave him associations and clues, forced him to interpret, and gave him material for his intellectual development.
    Description / Table of Contents: The Natural Philosophy of Emanuel Swedenborg; Contents; List of Figures; Introduction; Prologue on a Grain of Sand; Biographical Guide; Literature About a Phenomenon; A Theory of Swedenborg's Brain; Space and Thought; Metaphorical Thought; Seeing with the Inner Eye; Thinking with Books; Overview-The World Machine Seen from Above; The Space; A Blue Camera Obscura; The Society of the Curious; Armed Eyes; Attempts to Find East and West Longitude; We Are Educated by Studying, Experiencing, and Thinking; Unrest Disturbs My Work; From Barbarism to Culture; The Immutable World; The Sign
    Description / Table of Contents: Everything Is Silent, No One Knows Yet the DestinationLearned Games with the Number Sixty-Four; The Geometrical Number Eight; The Useful Number Eight; The Lord Is Wrathful; A Peripeteia on the Decimal; A Million Million; Rhetorical Arithmetic; Trees, Boxes, and Universal Mathematics; To Think Is to Count; The Wave; The Water Waves in Leiden; The Surging of the Sea; Sound in the Mountains of Lapland; In the Baroque Echo Temple; Thunder and Organ Peals; Fire and Colours; One Membrane Trembles from the Other's Trembling; The Beautiful Geometry of Tremulation; To Live Is to Tremble
    Description / Table of Contents: The Circles of the BodyHearing the Music from Within; Vision Extends into the Invisible; The Sphere; Hell Upon Earth; Flying in the Air; The Geometry of War; Nature-A Composite Analogy; The World Machine and the Little Machine; Peas and Cannonballs; A Sea of Bubbles; The Power of the Water Bubble; The Vapours Rising Over the Mountain; The Geometry of Heat; A Mineral Cabinet Without Stones; The Fruits of the Volcano; In the Bride-Chamber of the Mineral Kingdom; Vanitas Bubbles of Soap and Water; The Point; The Spider in the Polygonal Web; The Point That Delineates the World
    Description / Table of Contents: A Grain of Dust at the EquatorNature's Labyrinth; The Janus Face of the Mathematical Point; The Spiral; Helical Lines; The Circle of Time; The Force of the Moon; Whirls and Voids; On the Eternal Spring in the Age of Winter Cold; From Centre to Circumference and Back; Impossible Figures; The Microcosmic Spiral Motion; Magnetic Effluvia; The Magnetic Sphere and the Sidereal Heaven; The Macrocosmic Vortex; The Declination of the Magnetic Needle; The Membrane Between Body and Soul; The Infinite; A World That Is Not Even a Point; The Limits of the Unknowable
    Description / Table of Contents: The Infinite Is the Ultimate Cause of the FiniteThe Fantastic Order of the Brain Machine; The Limits of the Universe; The Nexus Between Infinite and Finite; The Last Effect of Creation; The Degree of Perfection; Escape to the Oracle of Reason; The Soul Machine; The Philosopher, the Happiest or the Unhappiest of Mortals; Conclusion; The Convolutions of the Brain; From Angular to Perpetuo-Spiritual Form; A Blind Man Who Can See, and the Form of Ideas; Swedenborg's Euphoria; Spiral Dances in Paradise; The Primary Metaphors of Correspondences; Memorabilia from Earthly Life
    Description / Table of Contents: The Geometry of the Spiritual World
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 75
    ISBN: 9789400744677 , 1283612291 , 9781283612296
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XI, 378 p. 9 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Cultural Studies of Science Education 5
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Moving the equity agenda forward
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Science Study and teaching ; Education ; Education ; Science Study and teaching ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Bildungspolitik ; Chancengleichheit
    Abstract: This volume takes on the vital tasks of celebrating, challenging, and attempting to move forward our understanding of equity and diversity in science education. Organized thematically, the book explores five key areas of science education equity research: science education policy; globalization; context and culture; discourse, language and identity; and leadership and social networking. Chapter authors -- emerging to established US science education scholars -- present their latest research on how to make science interesting and accessible to all students. The volume includes international voices as well: Scholars from around the world crafted responses to each section. Together, authors and respondents attempt to refine our methods for examining equity issues across classrooms, schools, and policies, and deepen our understanding of ways to promote equity and acknowledge diversity in science classrooms. Moving the Equity Agenda Forward is endorsed by NARST: A Worldwide Organization for Improving Science Teaching and Learning Through Research. The volume gains authority from the fact that it was edited by one current and four former chairs of NARSTs Equity and Ethics Committee.
    Description / Table of Contents: Moving the Equity Agenda Forward; Introduction to Volume; Contents; Part I: Introduction: Science Education Policy; Reference; Chapter 1: Science for All: Historical Perspectives on Policy for Science Education Reform; Introduction; Science for All Before 1960; Practical Studies and Vocational Education; The Comprehensive High School and Aptitude Testing as Democratizing Influences; World War II and the Search for Science Talent; The Sputnik Challenge; From the 1960s to the Present: The Era of Civil Rights; A Call for Excellence and Common Culture; The Economic Argument
    Description / Table of Contents: No Child Left Behind (NCLB)Conclusion; References; Chapter 2: Is It Possible to Teach "Science for All" in a Climate of Accountability? Educational Policy and the Equitable Teaching of Science; Nonmainstream Students, NCLB, and Science Education Reform; Influence of NCLB on the Science Learning of Nonmainstream Students; Possible Reasons for Continued Gaps; Structure of NCLB Policy; Instructional Decisions Focused on Short-Term Assessment Gains; Negative Consequences for Science Teachers; Structure of NCLB Assessments; Understanding the Paradox: Negative Consequences of NCLB
    Description / Table of Contents: Comments on MethodologyImplications for Science Education Research, Practice, and Policy; References; Chapter 3: Conceptions of Inequality in the Era of Bush/Obama; Conceptions of Inequality in Standards-Based Reform; 1990s Conceptions of Standards-Based Reform; Influence of Standards-Based Reform in Contemporary Initiatives; Conceptions of Inequality in Market-Based Reform; Conceptions of Inequality as Epistemological; What These Lens Enable and Constrain in Our Scholarship; What Is the "So What" for New Scholars Interested in Equality and Diversity?; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 4: International Response for Part I: Bridging the Gaps Between Policy and Practice on Equity for Science Education ReformsQuestion 1: What Are the Major Trends of the Policies on Equity in Science Education?; Question 2: How Do These Chapters Address Similar Issues that Might Be Encountered by International Scholars and School Science Teachers?; Question 3: What Issues or Actions Need to Be Considered to Achieve Equity?; Importance of Teacher Preparation in Educational Reform; Necessity of Conducting Policy-Related Research to Provide Evidence of Effectiveness of Policies
    Description / Table of Contents: Essential Actions Taken for Communication Between Researchers and PolicymakersConcluding Remarks; References; Part II: Introduction: Globalization; References; Chapter 5: The Imperative of Context in the Age of Globalization in Creating Equity in Science Education; Overview; Contextual Factors of Globalization; Holons; Globalization; Positive Effects of Globalization; Mitigating Forces; The Economics of Education and Society; The Notions of Capital and Habitus; Role and Function of Education and Schooling; Revisiting the Imperative of Context; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 6: Frameworks for Examining the Intersections of Race, Ethnicity, Class, and Gender on English Language Learners in K-12 Science Education in the USA
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 76
    ISBN: 9789400761551
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 260 p. 25 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: The Changing Academy – The Changing Academic Profession in International Comparative Perspective 1
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Teichler, Ulrich, 1942 - The changing academic profession
    RVK:
    Keywords: Education, Higher ; Education ; Education ; Education, Higher ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Hochschullehrer ; Arbeitsbedingungen ; Internationaler Vergleich
    Abstract: This book provides an overview on the major findings of a questionnaire survey of academic profession in international perspective. More than 25,000 professors and junior staff at universities and other institutions of higher education at almost 20 countries from all over the world provide information on their working situation, their views and activities. The study "The Changing Academic Profession" is the second major study of its kind, and changes of views and activities are presented through a comparison of the findings with those of the earlier study undertaken in the early 1990s. Major themes are the academics' perception of their societal and institutional environments, the views on the major tasks of teaching, research and services, their professional preferences and actual activities, their career, their perceived influence and their overall job satisfaction. Emphasis is placed on the influence of recent changes in higher education: the internationalisation and globalisation, the increasing expectation to provide evidence of the relevance of academic work, and finally the growing power of management at higher education institutions. Overall, the academics surveyed show that worldwide discourses and trends in higher education put their mark on the academic profession, but differences by country continue to be noteworthy. Academics consider themselves to be more strongly exposed to mechanism of regulations, incentives and sanctions as well as various assessments than in the past; yet their own freedom, and responsibilities and influence shape their identity more strongly and are reflected in widespread professional satisfaction. Contents: 1. Introduction. - 2. The Design and Methods of the Comparative Study. - 3. The Variety of Countries Participating in the Comparative Study. - 4. The Academic Career. - 5. Research and Teaching. The Changing Views and Activities of the Academic Profession. - 6. Faculty Perception of the Efficacy of Higher Educational Governance and Management. (HoF/text adopted)
    Description / Table of Contents: About the Authors -- 1. Introduction -- 2. The Design and Methods of the Comparative Study -- 3. The Variety of Countries Participating in the Comparative Study -- 4. The Academic Career -- 5. Research and Teaching: The Changing Views and Activities of the Academic Profession -- 6. Faculty Perceptions of the Efficacy of Higher Educational Governance and Management -- Appendix -- The Changing Academic Profession: Questionnaire.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 77
    ISBN: 9789400762268
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XX, 228 p. 7 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Studies in Educational Leadership 19
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Moos, Lejf Transnational influences on values and practices in Nordic educational leadership
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Education ; Education
    Abstract: This book explores to what extent transnational influences change national/local values and practices in the Nordic educational systems. It provides country cases and thematic chapters that give nuanced insights into the influence of transnational agencies on national governance and discourses. It describes how national discourses and regulation influences school leadership values, culture and practice, in competition with traditional values. The transnational and global discourse on educational leadership is mostly formed according to Anglo-American thinking and tradition. Pivotal foundations of this discourse are strong hierarchical societies/class societies with liberal democracies, and clearly streamed education systems. The Nordic discourse, however, builds on a more equal society and flat hierarchies with participatory democracy, and on comprehensive schooling with strong local community roots. Leadership thinking and practices are formed by the culture and context they are part of: they are primarily shaped by the national/local values, traditions and practices, and only partially shaped by politics, discourses and literature. Due to the fact that a great deal of the literature that is being used in the Nordic contexts is of Anglo-American origin and many of the research projects have Anglo-American foundations, it is difficult to distinguish the sources for leadership thinking and practice. This book distinguishes the Nordic from the Anglo-American thinking and presents important findings and arguments for leadership practitioners inside as well as outside the Nordic countries.​
    Description / Table of Contents: Transnational Influences on Values and Practices in Nordic Educational Leadership; Foreword; John MacBeath: Questions of Culture and Context; Peter Mortimore: Nordic Leadership: Something Worth Keeping; References; Jim Spillane: School Leadership Research Context and the Context of School Leadership; Philip A. Woods: Nordic Culture as a Resource for Adaptive Response; References; Acknowledgements; Content; Contributors; Chapter 1: Prelude : Tuning the Instrument; 1.1 New Discourses Meet Established Structures and Social Capital; 1.2 Global Influences; 1.3 Supra- and Transnational Agencies
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.4 Different Societies, Diverse Discourses and Practices1.4.1 Social Differences; 1.4.2 Educational Legacy; 1.5 The Network and the Book; References; Part I: Country Cases; Chapter 2: Denmark: New Links Between Education and Economics; 2.1 Contemporary Governance and Leadership; 2.1.1 From Welfare States to Competitive States; 2.1.2 Changes of Educational Aims; 2.2 Differences Within the Educational System; 2.3 Dominant Discourses, Politics and Practice; 2.3.1 Social Contracts at Multiple Levels; 2.3.2 An Example of a Self-Government Contract; 2.3.3 Influence from a Leadership Perspective
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.4 Facts and FiguresReferences; Chapter 3: Educational Leadership in Finland or Building a Nation with Bildung; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Administration and Leadership of Schools and Education; 3.2.1 A Three-Level Model of School Administration; 3.2.2 Building the Nation with Bildung : Grand Duchy of Finland (1809-1917); 3.2.3 The Independent Nation-State (1917-1945); 3.2.4 The Social Democratic Welfare State (1945-1990); 3.2.5 An Analytical Model for Educational Leadership Policy Changes; 3.3 The Social-Liberal Market State (1990-2008); 3.3.1 Implications for Leadership; 3.4 Discussion
    Description / Table of Contents: ReferencesChapter 4: Transnational Influence and Educational Policy in Iceland; 4.1 Context; 4.2 Issues: Basic Schools; 4.2.1 Accountability: Tests; 4.2.2 Accountability: Evaluation; 4.3 Open Access and School Choice; 4.4 Inclusion: Students with Special Needs; 4.4.1 Inclusion: Immigrant Students; 4.4.2 Consolidation and the Size of Schools; 4.5 Role of Basic School Headmasters: Prospective Changes; 4.6 Concluding Remarks; 4.7 Facts and Figures; References; Chapter 5: Norway: Centralisation and Decentralisation as Twin Reform Strategies; 5.1 The History of the Norwegian Education System
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.1.1 A Short Description of the Education System Today5.1.2 Centralisation and Decentralisation as Twin Reform Strategies; 5.2 The Framing of School Leadership; 5.3 The Use of Evaluation and Performance Data as Improvement Strategy; 5.3.1 Aligning Input Governing to Output Measures?; 5.4 Future Trends; Appendix; References; Chapter 6: Sweden: Centralisation and Decentralisation as Implementation Strategies; 6.1 Introduction; 6.2 The Municipalities and Independent Schools; 6.2.1 The Municipalities; 6.2.2 The Independent Schools; 6.3 How the State Steers Education
    Description / Table of Contents: 6.4 Cross-Pressures and Challenges for Educational Leadership
    Description / Table of Contents: Contributors -- Forewords by John MacBeath, Peter Mortimore, Jim Spillane and Philip Woods -- 1. Prelude - Tuning the Instrument; Lejf Moos -- Part 1. Country Cases. 2. Denmark: New Links between Education and Economics; Lejf Moos, Klaus Kasper Kofod, Katrin Hjort & Peter Henrik Raae -- 3. Educational Leadership in Finland - or Building a Nation with Bildung; Michael Uljens and Cilla Nyman -- 4. Transnational Influence and Educational Policy in Iceland; Börkur Hansen -- 5. Norway: Centralisation and Decentralisation as Twin Reform Strategies; Jorunn Møller and Guri Skedsmo -- 6. Sweden: Centralization and Decentralization as Implementation Strategies; Mikael Holmgren, Olof Johansson & Elisabet Nihlfors -- Part 2. Thematic Chapters -- 7. Independent Schools in Different Nordic Contexts - Implications for School Leadership?; Pia Skott and Klaus Kasper Kofod -- 8. Leadership for Democracy; Lejf Moos, Börkur Hansen, Göran Bjørk & Olof Johansson -- 9. The Professionalization of Nordic School Leadership; Michael Uljens, Jorunn Møller, Helene Ärlestig & Lars Frode Frederiksen -- 10. Successful Nordic School Leadership; Lejf Moos, Olof Johansson & Guri Skedsmo -- 11. Local Decisions under Central Watch - A New Nordic Quality Assurance System; Olof Johansson, Elisabet Nihlfors,  Mikael Holmgren, Lejf Moos, Guri Skedsmo, Jan Merok Paulsen & Mika Risku -- 12. The Nordic Superintendents´ Leadership Roles: Cross National Comparison; Elisabet Nihlfors, Olof Johansson, Lejf Moos, Jan Merok Paulsen & Mika Risku -- 13. Postlude - Wrap up of the Argument; Lejf Moos -- Author Biographies.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 78
    ISBN: 9789400748606
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 351 p. 135 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Science Study and teaching ; Education ; Education ; Science Study and teaching
    Abstract: This edited volume of papers from the twenty first International Conference on Chemical Education attests to our rapidly changing understanding of the chemistry itself as well as to the potentially enormous material changes in how it might be taught in the future. Covering the full range of appropriate topics, the book features work exploring themes as various as e-learning and innovations in instruction, and micro-scale lab chemistry. In sum, the 29 articles published in these pages focus the reader’s attention on ways to raise the quality of chemistry teaching and learning, promoting the public understanding of chemistry, deploying innovative technology in pedagogy practice and research, and the value of chemistry as a tool for highlighting sustainability issues in the global community.Thus the ambitious dual aim achieved in these pages is on the one hand to foster improvements in the leaching and communication of chemistry-whether to students or the public, and secondly to promote advances in our broader understanding of the subject that will have positive knock-on effects on the world’s citizens and environment. In doing so, the book addresses (as did the conference) the neglect suffered in the chemistry classroom by issues connected to globalization, even as it outlines ways to bring the subject alive in the classroom through the use of innovative technologies.
    Description / Table of Contents: pt. 1. Globalization and chemical education -- pt. 2. Learning and conceptual change in chemistry -- pt. 3. Teaching chemistry -- pt. 4. Curriculum and assessment in chemistry education -- pt. 5. E-learning and innovative instruction -- pt. 6. Microscale lab chemistry.
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface:  Proceedings of 21st ICCE, Peter Mahaffy -- Introduction to the book, Mei-Hung Chiu, Hsiao-Lin Tuan, Hsin-Kai Wu, Jing-Wen Lin, Chin-Cheng Chou -- Section 1. Globalization and Chemical Education, Mei-Hung Chiu -- Dissemination of achievements in chemical education (research) via EU projects, Anna Kolasa, Iwona Maciejowska -- 2.    Polish Education Reform and Resulting Changes in the Process of Chemical Education, Hanna Gulińska -- Section 2. Learning and Conceptual Change in Chemistry, Jing-Wen Lin -- Assessment of Chemistry Anxiety among College Students, Chen Chong Sheau Huey -- Teacher-Student Interactions: The Roles of in-Class Written Questions, Liliana Mammino -- Probing and Fostering Students’ Reasoning Abilities with a Cyclic Predict-Observe-Explain Strategy, Jia-Lin Chang, Chiing-Chang Chen, Chia-Hsing Tsai, Yong-Chang Chen, Meng-Hsun Chou, Ling-Chuan Chang -- A Trial of Placement and Embodiment of Images for Chemical Concepts in the Lesson Model of “Surface Active Agent” through SEIC, Haruo Ogawa, Hiroki Fujii -- Section 3. Teaching Chemistry, Hsiao-Lin Tuan -- Chemistry pre-service teachers’ mental models of science teaching and learning in Malaysia, Maryam Sulaiman, Zurida Haji Ismail -- Chemistry Teachers Enhance their Knowledge in Contemporary Scientific Areas, Rachel Mamlok-Naaman, Ron Blonder, Avi Hofstein -- Practical Science Activities in Primary Schools in Malaysia, Norita Mohamed, Mashita Abdullah, Zurida Hj Ismail -- Teaching Chemistry Effectively with Engineering Majors: Teaching Beyond the Textbook, Yermesha Kyle; Stephen Bacon; Amber Park; Jameka Griffin; Raicherylon Cummins; Raymond Hooks, Bailu Qian, Hua-Jun Fan -- Problem-Based Learning as an Approach to Teach Cell Potential in Matriculation College, Malaysia, Kai-Li Teh, Nooraida Yakob -- Teaching Catalysis by Means of Enzymes and Microorganisms, Peter Grunwald -- The Application of the SATL in Biochemistry, Suzana B. Golemi -- Section 4. Curriculum, Evaluation, and Assessment in Chemistry Education, Mei-Hung Chiu -- An Alignment Analysis of Junior High School Chemistry Curriculum Standards and City-Wide Exit Exams in China, Hongjia Ma, Gavin W. Fulmer, Ling L. Liang, Xian Chen, Xinlu Li, Yuan Li -- A National Survey of Students’ Conceptions and Their Sources of Chemistry in Taiwan: Examples of Chemical Equilibrium and Acids/Bases, Jing-Wen Lin, Mei-Hung Chiu -- The use of electronic media for chemical education research, Francis Burns, David Frank -- Investigation of Tertiary Chemistry Learning Environment in Sabah, Malaysia, Yoon-Fah Laya, Chwee-Hoon Khoob -- The Evaluation of Chemistry Competence for Freshmen at Technology Colleges in Taiwan, Ji-Chyuan Yang, Ching-Yun Hsu, Wen-Jyh Wang, Chia-Hui Tai, Hong-Hsin Huang, Ping-Chih Huang -- Changes in Teachers’ Views of Cognitive Apprenticeship for Situated Learning in Developing a Chemistry Laboratory Course, Hui-Jung Chen, Mei-Hung Chiu -- Section 5. E-learning and Innovative Instruction, Hsin-Kai Wu -- Application of Mind Map and MindManager to Improve Students’ Competence in Solving Chemistry Problems, Zhen Lu, Zheng Zou, Yitian Zhang -- An Integrated-ICT Assessment for College Students’ Performances of Chemical Learning, King-Dow Su -- Academic Performance and Attitude Toward Computer-Aided Instruction in Chemistry, Ronaldo C. Reyes -- Integrating Instant Response System (IRS) as an In-Class Assessment Tool into Undergraduate Chemistry Learning Experience: Student Perceptions and Performance, Tzy-Ling Chen, Yan-Fu Lin,Yi-Lin Liu,Hsiu-Ping Yueh, Horn-Jiunn Sheen, Wei-Jane Lin -- Section 6. Microscale Lab Chemistry, Chin-Cheng Chou -- Aqueous cationic and anionic surfactants for microscale experiments in organic chemistry teaching laboratories, Masayuki Inoue, Yuko Kato, Emi Joguchi, Wataru Banba -- Development of Analytical Method of Gaseous Mixture by Using a Syringe, Takashi Yasuoka -- Microscale Experiments Using a Low-Cost Conductance Meter, Jose H. Bergantin, Jr., Djohn Reb T. Cleofe, Fortunato Sevilla III -- Introducing Microscale Experimentation in Volumetric Analysis for Pre-Service Teachers, Mashita Abdullah, Norita Mohamed, Zurida Hj Ismail -- Innovative Techniques in Micro-scale Chemistry Experiments, Kwok Man Chan -- Microscale Experiment on Decreases in Volume when Forming Binary Liquid Mixtures: Four Alkanol Aqueous Solutions, Tetsuo Nakagawa..
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 79
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400752610
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIV, 192 p, digital)
    Series Statement: Sophia Studies in Cross-cultural Philosophy of Traditions and Cultures 4
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Aquinas, education and the East
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy, medieval ; Philosophy, modern ; Education Philosophy ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy, medieval ; Philosophy, modern ; Education Philosophy ; Thomas, ; Aquinas, Saint, 1225?-1274 ; Education ; Philosophy ; Philosophy, Asian ; Civilization, Oriental ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Erziehung ; Thomas von Aquin, Heiliger 1225-1274 ; Östliche Philosophie
    Abstract: A confluence of scholarly interest has resulted in a revival of Thomistic scholarship across the world. Several areas in the investigation of St. Thomas Aquinas, however, remain under-explored. This volume contributes to two of these neglected areas. First, the volume evaluates the contemporary relevance of St. Thomas's views for the philosophy and practice of education. The second area explored involves the intersections of the Angelic Doctor’s thought and the numerous cultures and intellectual traditions of the East. Contributors to this section examine the reception, creative appropriation, and various points of convergence between St. Thomas and the East
    Description / Table of Contents: Aquinas, Education and the East; Foreword; Acknowledgments; Contents; Introduction; Part I: Aquinas and Education: Understanding and Extending Aquinas; Aquinas and His Understanding of Teaching and Learning; 1 Introduction; 2 Teaching and Learning; 3 Conclusion; End Notes; References; Aquinas on Connaturality and Education; 1 Introduction; 2 Philosophical Anthropology and Its Ontological Background in Aquinas; 3 Virtues and Connatural Knowledge; 4 Applications to Contemporary Education; End Notes; References; Aquinas and the Second Person in the Formation of Virtues
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 The Mystery of Aquinas' Virtue Ethics2 The Gifts and the Second Person; 3 The Fruits and Interpersonal Resonance; 4 Implications of the Second Person for Virtue Formation; End Notes; References; Aquinas on Shame: A Contemporary Interchange; 1 Contexts, Aims and Methodologies; 2 Meaning and Role of Shame; 3 Aquinas: Subversive About Shame?; 4 Final Observations; End Notes; References; Part II: Aquinas and the East: Comparative Approaches; Can Morality Be Taught? Aquinas and Mencius on Moral Education; 1 Aquinas on Education; 2 Aquinas and Mencius on Education: A Comparative Reading
    Description / Table of Contents: End NotesReferences; Exemplars for the Moral Education of Beginners in the Religious Life: Aquinas and Dōgen; End Notes; References; The Simplicity of the Ultimate: East and West; 1 Introduction; 2 The Fascination of Simplicity; 3 Religious Resistance to Simplicity; 4 Bringing Nirvāna Down to Earth; 5 Conclusion; End Notes; References; Aquinas and Locke on Empiricism, Epistemology, and Education; 1 Introduction; 2 Aquinas on Scientia and the Teacher; 3 Locke on Knowledge and Education; 4 Conclusion; End Notes; References; Part III: Education and the East: Reflections on Educational Policy
    Description / Table of Contents: Reorganising Schools as Social Enterprises: Play Schools and Gifted Education1 Introduction; 2 Play Schools; 3 Gifted Education; 4 Memoria Christi: Final Thoughts; End Notes; References; Education for All and International Cooperation for Education Development: Ongoing Implications for National Policy in the Philippines; 1 Preamble; 2 Regional Cooperation: A Philippine Perspective; 3 Education Reform Programs 1990 - Present Day; 4 Current Situation; 5 Implications for Policy; References; Index
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 80
    ISBN: 9789400759770
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIV, 290 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: The Changing Academy – The Changing Academic Profession in International Comparative Perspective 8
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. The work situation of the academic profession in Europe
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Education, Higher ; Education ; Education ; Education, Higher ; Education ; Education, Higher ; College teachers ; Europe ; Europa ; Hochschullehrer ; Vergleichende Forschung ; Europa ; Hochschullehrer ; Vergleichende Forschung
    Abstract: This book presents the analysis of the representative survey about the academic profession in twelve European countries. Higher education in Europe has experienced a substantial change in recent years: Expansion progresses further, the expectation to deliver useful contributions of knowledge to the “knowledge society” is on the rise, and efforts to steer academic work through external forces and strong international management are more widespread than ever. Representative surveys of the academic profession in twelve European countries show how professors and junior staff at universities and other institutions of higher education view the role of higher education in society and their professional situation and how they actually shape their professional tasks. Academics differ across Europe substantially in their employment and working conditions, their views and their activities. Most of them favour the preservation of a close link between teaching and research and feel responsible for both theory and practice. Most consider efforts to enhance academic quality and social relevance as compatible. The overall satisfaction with their professional situation is rather high
    Description / Table of Contents: The Work Situation of the Academic Profession in Europe: Findings of a Survey in Twelve Countries; Contents; Biographies; Editors; Contributors; Chapter 1: The Academic Profession in 12 European Countries - The Approach of the Comparative Study; 1.1 The Concept and the Thematic Areas of the Study; 1.1.1 The Setting and the State of the Knowledge; 1.1.2 The Predecessor and Partner Surveys; 1.1.3 The European Study; 1.2 The Methods Employed; 1.2.1 Sampling Design and Number of Respondents; 1.2.2 Number of Respondents Envisaged; 1.2.3 Data Collection; 1.2.4 Data Checks, Coding and Merging
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.3 Current VolumeReferences; Chapter 2: Academic Career Paths; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Doctoral and Postdoctoral Qualifications; 2.2.1 Doctoral and Postdoctoral Qualifications; 2.2.2 Age at the Award of Doctoral and Postdoctoral Degrees; 2.2.3 Doctoral and Postdoctoral Awards Abroad; 2.2.4 Activities During the Course of Doctoral Training; 2.3 Past Career Steps and Experiences; 2.3.1 Time Span from Graduation to Full-Time Employment in Higher Education; 2.3.2 Past Part-Time Employment; 2.3.3 Age at the Beginning of Full-Time Employment; 2.3.4 Inter-institutional Mobility
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.3.5 Continuity and Change of Discipline12.4 Current Employment Conditions; 2.4.1 Share of Academics in Senior and Junior Positions; 2.4.2 Duration of Current Employment Contract; 2.4.3 Full-Time and Part-Time Employment; 2.5 Current Remuneration; 2.5.1 Salary; 2.5.2 Additional Employment and Remunerated Work; 2.6 Conclusion; References; Chapter 3: Academic Work, Working Conditions and Job Satisfaction; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Assessment of Facilities and Resources; 3.3 Workload and Allocation of Work Time; 3.4 Job Satisfaction; 3.5 Links Between Income and Job Satisfaction; 3.6 Conclusion
    Description / Table of Contents: ReferencesChapter 4: Gender Differences and Inequalities in Academia: Findings in Europe; 4.1 Introduction: The Place of Women in Academic Markets; 4.2 Gender Distribution; 4.2.1 Women in the Higher Education Systems; 4.2.2 A Question of Status: Academics in the University Sector; 4.2.3 Universities and Other Higher Education Institutions; 4.2.4 A Question of Discipline; 4.3 Contractual Employment Conditions: Full-Time Employment; 4.3.2 Weight of Gender for Full-Time Employment; 4.3.3 Dimensions Influencing Gender Differences; 4.3.4 Professional Characteristics
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.4 Contractual Employment Conditions: Permanent Employment4.4.1 Fewer Women Permanently Employed; 4.4.2 Impact of Being a Woman; 4.4.3 Weight of Gender for Permanent Employment; 4.4.4 Individual Variables; 4.4.5 Professional Variables; 4.5 Gender in Teaching and Research; 4.5.1 Preference for Research and Teaching; 4.5.2 Distribution of Work Time; 4.6 Gender and Power; 4.7 Conclusion; References; Chapter 5: The Teaching Function of the Academic Profession; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Weekly Work Hours; 5.3 Distribution of Time on Various Academic Functions
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.4 Teaching Time When Classes Are in Session
    Description / Table of Contents: Editors’ and authors’ biographies -- 1. The Academic Profession in Twelve European Countries - The Approach of the Comparative Study; Ulrich Teichler and Ester Ava Höhle -- 2. Academic Career Paths; Gülay Ates and Angelika Brechelmacher -- 3. Academic Work, Working Conditions and Job Satisfaction; Marek Kwiek and Dominik Antonowicz -- 4. Gender in Academia between Differences and Inequalities: Findings in Europe; Gaële Goastellec and Nicolas Pekari -- 5. The Teaching Function of the Academic Profession; Ester Ava Höhle and Ulrich Teichler -- 6. The Research Function of the Academic Profession in Europe; Jonathan Drennan, Marie Clarke, Abbey Hyde and Yurgos Politis -- 7. The Academic Profession and the Role of the Service Function; Bojana Ćulum, Nena Rončević and Jasminka Ledić -- 8. Movers and Shakers: Academics as Stakeholders - Do They Control Their Own Work?; Timo Aarrevaara and Ian R. Dobson -- 9. From Academic Self Governance to Executive University Management - Institutional Governance in the View of Academics in Europe; Elke Park -- 10. New University Governance: How the Academic Profession Perceives the Evaluation of Research and Teaching; David Campbell -- 11. The Internationalisation of Academic Markets, Careers and Profession; Gaële Goastellec and Nicolas Pekari -- 12. The European Academic Profession or Academic Professions in Europe?; Ester Ava Höhle and Ulrich Teichler -- Appendix: Contextual information about the countries.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 81
    ISBN: 9789400753075
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 196 p, digital)
    Series Statement: Muslims in Global Societies Series 5
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Religion and education ; History ; Migration ; Education ; Education ; Religion and education ; History ; Migration ; Judenvernichtung ; Muslim ; Einstellung ; Soziale Wahrnehmung ; Internationaler Vergleich
    Abstract: The way people think about the Holocaust is changing. The particular nature of the transformation depends on people's historical perspectives and how they position themselves and their nation or community vis-à-vis the tragedy. Understandably, European Muslims perceive the Holocaust as less central to their history than do other Europeans. Yet while the acknowledgement and commemoration of the horrors of the Holocaust are increasingly important in Europe, Holocaust denial and biased views on the Holocaust are widespread in European Muslims' countries of origin. In this book, a number of distinguished scholars and educators of various backgrounds discuss views of the Holocaust. Problematic views are often influenced by a persistent attitude of Holocaust denial which is derived, in part, from discourses in the Muslim communities in their countries of origin. The essays collected here explore the backgrounds of these perceptions and highlight positive approaches and developments. Many of the contributions were written by people working in the field and reflecting on their experiences. This collection also reveals that problematic views of the Holocaust are not limited to Muslim communities
    Abstract: The way people think about the Holocaust is changing. The particular nature of the transformation depends on people’s historical perspectives and how they position themselves and their nation or community vis-à-vis the tragedy. Understandably, European Muslims perceive the Holocaust as less central to their history than do other Europeans. Yet while the acknowledgement and commemoration of the horrors of the Holocaust are increasingly important in Europe, Holocaust denial and biased views on the Holocaust are widespread in European Muslims’ countries of origin.In this book, a number of distinguished scholars and educators of various backgrounds discuss views of the Holocaust. Problematic views are often influenced by a persistent attitude of Holocaust denial which is derived, in part, from discourses in the Muslim communities in their countries of origin. The essays collected here explore the backgrounds of these perceptions and highlight positive approaches and developments. Many of the contributions were written by people working in the field and reflecting on their experiences. This collection also reveals that problematic views of the Holocaust are not limited to Muslim communities.
    Description / Table of Contents: Perceptions of the Holocaust in Europe and Muslim Communities; Acknowledgements; Contents; Introduction; References; History Aside?; Antisemitism and Holocaust Remembrance; References; Participation of European Muslim Organisations in Holocaust Commemorations; Introduction; International Commemoration; Muslim Reactions to Holocaust Commemoration; Muslim Leaders Address the Holocaust; Teaching the Holocaust; Assessment; References; The Evolution of Arab Perceptions of the Holocaust; From the End of WWII to the Establishment of Israel
    Description / Table of Contents: The Evolution of the Major Themes of Holocaust RepresentationCritical Voices in a Promising Era of a Peace Process; The Counter Reaction to the New Discourse; Conclusions; References; Perceptions of the Holocaust in Turkey; 'Positive' Perceptions of the Holocaust; The Armenian Genocide and the Holocaust; The 'Turkish Diplomats Who Saved Turkish Jews'; Negative Perceptions; "The Palestine Question and Genocide"; Holocaust Denial; Hollywood and Films Dealing with the Holocaust; The American Media and Holocaust; Conclusion; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Antisemitism and the Politics of Holocaust Memorial Day in the UK and ItalyIntroduction; Survivors, Perpetrators, Bystanders; Universalism and Particularism; Responses from Muslim Organisations; Criticising Holocaust Memorial Day; On Holocaust Memorial Day; Rearticulating Antisemitism; References; ' Hamas, Hamas, All Jews to the Gas.' The History and Significance of an Antisemitic Slogan in the Netherlands, 1945-2010; Introduction; Globalisation of the Israeli-Palestinian Con fl ict; Antisemitism in the Netherlands After the Liberation; Secondary Antisemitism
    Description / Table of Contents: Philosemitism, Anti-Antisemitism and Red (Jews) NosesFootball Hooliganism; Jews as Nazis; New Dutch and the Shoah; Conclusion; References; Perceptions of the Holocaust Among Young Muslims in Berlin, Paris and London; Introduction; Shared Basic Knowledge of the Holocaust; Sources of Knowledge; Doubts, Denial and Conspiracies About the Holocaust; Comparing the Holocaust to Other Atrocities; Equating the Sufferings of Palestinians with the Holocaust; The Topos of Jews Taking Revenge for the Holocaust with the Palestinians
    Description / Table of Contents: Analogies Between the Holocaust and the War in Iraq and Equations of the US-President with HitlerAnalogies Between the Holocaust and Persecution of Muslims; Explicitly Rejecting Antisemitic Equations; The Holocaust and the Creation of the State of Israel; German Guilt and Compensation Payments; Moral Judgements and Emotional Reactions to the Holocaust; Condemnations of the Holocaust; Condemning the Holocaust with Restrictions: Accusations of Exploitation and Emotional Distance; Empathy; Approval of the Holocaust and Common Ground with Nazis; Conclusions; References
    Description / Table of Contents: History and Memory of the Other: An Experimental Encounter-Programme with Israeli Jews and Palestinians from Israel 1
    Description / Table of Contents: Introduction, J. Allouche-Benayoun, G. Jikeli -- History aside?- Juliane Wetzel: Antisemitism and Holocaust Remembrance, G. Bensoussan -- Participation of European Muslim Organisations in Holocaust Commemorations, M. Whine -- The Evolution of Arab Perceptions of the Holocaust, E. Webman -- Perceptions of the Holocaust in Turkey, R.N. Bali -- Anti-Semitism and the Politics of Holocaust Memorial Day in the UK and Italy, P. Spencer, S.V. di Palma -- ‘Hamas, Hamas, all Jews to the Gas.’ The History and Significance of an Antisemitic Slogan in the Netherlands, 1945-2010, E. Gans -- Perceptions of the Holocaust among young Muslims in Berlin, Paris and London, G. Jikeli -- History and Memory of the Other: An Experimental Encounter-Program with Israeli Jews and Palestinians from Israel, M. Eckmann -- Speach Acts. Observing Antisemitism and Holocaust Education in the Netherlandsm R. Ensel, A. Stremmelaar -- Challenges and Opportunities of Educational Concepts concerning National Socialist Crimes in German Immigration Society, M. Can, K. Georg and R. Hatlapa.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 82
    ISBN: 9789400746299 , 1283935899 , 9781283935890
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 160 p. 21 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. The role of international large-scale assessments: perspectives from technology, economy, and educational research
    RVK:
    Keywords: Educational tests and measurements ; Economic policy ; Education ; Education ; Educational tests and measurements ; Economic policy ; Konferenzschrift ; Schulleistungsmessung ; Schulleistungsmessung ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: This volume offers contributions by thought leaders from a variety of disciplines and different perspectives, which are brought together in a final chapter. The contributions give insight in the role of large-scale international assessments as change agents. As national leaders recognize the growing importance of human capital and how it is distributed, policymakers, economists and decision makers in education have become increasingly interested in results from comparative international surveys. These assessments offer important information on the development of cognitive skills and the consequences of differences in the distribution of these skills. Researchers use the data to assess the role of human capital in predicting outcomes and to identify factors that may contribute to the development of more human capital. An invaluable resource for researchers in international comparative education, policy studies, economics, civics education, educational technology, and policy makers.
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface; Table of Contents; Contributors; Chapter-1; On the Growing Importance of International Large-Scale Assessments; Large-Scale Assessments of Student Populations; Large-Scale Assessments of Adults; The Expanded Range of Large-Scale Assessments; Evidence-Based Policy Information; Perspectives on International Large-Scale Assessments; References; Chapter-2; International Large-Scale Assessments as Change Agents; Transparency as a Change Agent: A Think Model; The Policy Impact of PISA; Transmission; Conclusion; References; Chapter-3
    Description / Table of Contents: Technologies in Large-Scale Assessments: New Directions, Challenges, and OpportunitiesIntroduction; The Role of Technology in Assessment; Universal Design of Assessment; The Role of Technology in National Large-Scale Assessments; Israel; Instruction, Learning and Assessment via Computers; United States of America; The National Assessment of Educational Progress (NAEP); US State Assessments; Recent Developments in the United States; US Department of Education (DOE); The Role of Technology in International Large-Scale Assessments (ILSAs)
    Description / Table of Contents: Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD)Program for the International Assessment of Adult Competencies (PIAAC); The International Association for the Evaluation of Educational Achievement (IEA); International Computer and Information Literacy Study (ICILS)-2013; Conclusion; Appendix; Advantages; Technological challenges; Significant methodological challenges include; References; The Role of International Assessments of Cognitive Skills in the Analysis of Growth and Development; Chapter-4; Introduction; International Testing; The Explosion of Studies
    Description / Table of Contents: Studies of the Determinants of AchievementThe Studies of Outcomes; Some Things to Be Addressed; Some Measurement Issues; Understanding Individual Economic Outcomes; Issues of Causation; Conclusions; References; The Utility and Need for Incorporating Noncognitive Skills Into Large-Scale Educational Assessments; Chapter-5; Introduction; The Test Score Image and Reality; Multiple Sources of Support for Noncognitive Measures; Employer Needs; Cognitive or Noncognitive Effects; Schools and Noncognitive Outcomes; Schooling and Labor Market Effects; Noncognitive Variables; The Five-Factor Model
    Description / Table of Contents: Summary and Implications for Educational AssessmentsNext Steps; References; The Contributions of International Large-Scale Studies in Civic Education and Engagement; Chapter-6; History of ILSAs and of IEA in Relation to Civic Education; International Studies in Civic Education and Engagement; Why and How the Civic Domain Is Important to ILSAs; IEA's Role in Civic Education; Studies of Civic Education as Opportunities to Study Multiple Aspects of Student Outcomes; Cognitive Diagnostic Models of Conceptual Knowledge and Skills; Examining Countries' Positions on Multiple Dimensions of Attitudes
    Description / Table of Contents: Person-Centered Approaches to Understanding Patterns of Civic Attitudes
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 83
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400747593 , 1283634082 , 9781283634083
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 221 p, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Education ; Education ; Education Philosophy ; Arbeit ; Lebenslanges Lernen
    Abstract: This book's original contribution to a crowded literature on work and learning will attract strong international interest. Its focus on the philosophy of learning at work brings a fresh perspective on a topic normally viewed through psychological, anthropological and sociological eyes. It assembles a host of internationally recognized scholars who reflect on the various philosophies of work-based learning. Full of distinctive and original contributions that provide perceptive insights into the subject, the work will be a practical support to teachers, trainers and researchers at the same time
    Abstract: This books original contribution to a crowded literature on work and learning will attract strong international interest. Its focus on the philosophy of learning at work brings a fresh perspective on a topic normally viewed through psychological, anthropological and sociological eyes. It assembles a host of internationally recognized scholars who reflect on the various philosophies of work-based learning. Full of distinctive and original contributions that provide perceptive insights into the subject, the work will be a practical support to teachers, trainers and researchers at the same time as it gives readers a clear philosophical grounding in learning at work. It is, however, not simply a book about philosophy, but a gazetteer of approaches to education in work that will sustain and inspire those who provide, engage in, and support the learning of new knowledge and skills in the workplace. With adaptability to new employment opportunities so vital to existing workers, the authors stand behind continued provision of work-based learning in the face of tightening economic constraints.
    Description / Table of Contents: Learning, Work and Practice: New Understandings; Foreword; Contents; Chapter 1: Introduction: Thinking About Work in Work Based Learning; References; Part I; Chapter 2: The Workplace as a Site of Learning: Reflections on the Conceptual Relationship Between Workplace and Learning; Introduction: The Concept of a Workplace; The Concept of Work; Constraints on the Workplace as a Learning Environment; Why Some Learning Has to Take Place in the Workplace; Operational Conditions and the Workplace; Collective Knowledge in the Workplace; IVET and CVET
    Description / Table of Contents: Towards the Development of Professional Agency Through the Workplace as a Site of LearningReferences; Chapter 3: The Role of On-the-Job and Off-the-Job Provision in Vocational Education and Training; The Disappearing Knowledge Trick; A Different Approach; References; Chapter 4: Tacit Knowledge and the Labour Process; Introduction; Knowledge and Wealth: Retreat from Human Capital?; Braverman's Labour Process Theory; Importance of Knowledge at Work; The Knowledge Worker; Is Knowledge Work Rampant?; Knowledge Management and the Labour Process; Knowledge Sharing
    Description / Table of Contents: Commodification of Knowledge: A Global/Local QuestionEspoused Reasons for Knowledge Management; Resisting Standardization at Work; Rise of Tacit Knowledge; Knowledge Ownership at Work; Conclusion; Implications; References; Chapter 5: Workplace Identity, Transition and the Role of Learning; The Concept of Workplace Identity; Research into Graduate Identity; Constructing Graduate Identity; Values; Intellect; Performance; Engagement; From Graduate Identity to Workplace Identity; Developing Workplace Identity; References; Part II
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 6: Ontological Distinctiveness and the Emergence of PurposesIntroduction: Beyond 'Mere Castles in the Air'; Ontologically Distinctive Properties; Unpredictability; Irreducibility; Inexplicability; The Significance of Purpose; Pushing on with Purpose; Projective Practices; Building Capacities; Identity and Agency; Conclusion; References; Chapter 7: Practice as a Key Idea in Understanding Work-Based Learning; Introduction; The Scope of the Term 'Work-Based Learning'; Changing Understandings of Work-Based Learning; Early Theories Influenced by Psychology; Sociocultural Theories
    Description / Table of Contents: Postmodern TheoriesDiverse Understandings of Practice; MacIntyre's Account; Green's Analysis of Less Attenuated Theories; Implications of More Recent Learning Theories and the Practice Turn for Understanding Work-Based Learning; Conclusion; References; Part III; Chapter 8: Aristotelian Gnoseology and Work-Based Learning; Introduction; Work-Based Learning and the Critique of Aristotle; Other Knowledge Is Valuable: For Aristotle Too; The Phronimoi , Their Leisure (Skholi) and Their Occupation (Askholia); References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 9: Working Our Way Through Murky Coordinates: Philosophy in Support of Truth Processes
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 84
    ISBN: 9789400746145 , 128361233X , 9781283612333
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVIII, 200 p. 5 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: The Changing Academy – The Changing Academic Profession in International Comparative Perspective 5
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. The academic profession in Europe
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Education, Higher ; Education ; Education ; Education, Higher ; Europa ; Hochschule ; Studium ; Universität ; Hochschule ; Europa ; Akademiker ; Zukunft
    Abstract: This book is the first of several with the results of a collaborative European project supported by the European Science Foundation on changes in the academic profession in Europe (EUROAC). It provides a short description of the ESF EUROHESC programme and the particular forms of international collaborative research projects which are funded under the umbrella of this programme. It then outlines the EUROAC project. This project has chosen three foci (governance, professionalisation, academic careers) to analyse changes in the work of the academic profession. The first results in the form of in-depth literature reviews constitute the content of the book. These eight literature reviews about the state of the art of existing research feature the various dimensions of the overall theme. A particular emphasis is put on factors leading to changes in the work tasks of the academic profession in Europe and how the academic profession is coping with these new challenges. Thus, the book provides a state of the art account of existing research about the following themes: main results of previous studies on the academic profession; the academic profession and their interaction with new higher education professionals; professional identities in higher education; extending work tasks: civic mission and sustainable development; academic careers in academic markets; the changing role of academics in the face of rising managerialism; the influence of quality assurance, governance, and relevance on the satisfaction of the academic profession. Contents: Clarke, Marie/Hyde, Abbey/Drennan, Jonathan: Professional Identity in Higher Education. - Höhle, Esther Ava/Teichler, Ulrich: The Academic Profession in the Light of Comparative Surveys. - Hyde, Abbey/Clarke, Marie/Drennan, Jonathan: The Changing Role of Academics and the Rise of Managerialism. - Schneijderberg, Christian/Merkator, Nadine: The New Higher Education Professionals. - Goastellec, Gaele/Park, Elke/Ates, Gülay/Toffel, Kevin: Academic Markets, Academic Careers: Where Do We Stand? - Probst, Carole/Goastellec, Gaele: Internationalisation and the Academic Labour Market. - Moraru, Luminita/Praisler, Mirela/Marin, Simona Alecu/Bentea, Cristina Corina: The Academic Profession: Quality Assurance, Governance, Relevance, and Satisfaction. - Culum, Bojana/Roncevic, Nena/Ledic, Jasminka: Facing New Expectations - Integrating Third Mission Activities into the University. (HoF/text adopted)
    Description / Table of Contents: Contents; About the Authors; About the Editors; Introduction; References; Professional Identity in Higher Education; 1 Introduction; 2 Professional Identity Formation; 3 Professional Identity-How it Is Viewed; 4 Identity and Professional Socialisation in Higher Education; 5 Networks and Identity; 6 Identity and Gender in Higher Education; 7 Identity and Midlife Career Academics; 8 Mixed Identities in Higher Education; 9 Identity and Professional Boundaries; 10 Summary; References; The Academic Profession in the Light of Comparative Surveys; 1 The Academic Profession in Focus
    Description / Table of Contents: 2 The Carnegie Study 1991-19932.1 The Initiative and the Design of the Study; 2.2 Major Results of the Carnegie Study; 2.3 Subsequent Years; 3 The CAP Study; 3.1 The Approach; 3.2 The Design of the CAP Study; 3.3 First Results; 4 Subsequent Comparative Studies; 5 A Final Observation; References; The Changing Role of Academics and the Rise of Managerialism; 1 Introduction; 2 The Traditional Model of a University; 3 Towards Managerialism in Higher Education: The Rise of Neo-Liberalism and the Evaluative State; 4 The Changing Role of Academics with the Advent of Managerialism
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.1 The Increasing Diversification of Academic Work4.2 The Increasing Control over Academic Work and Loss of Professional Power; 4.3 The Impact of Increased Managerialism on the Nature of Teaching and Research; 5 Professional Socialisation Versus New Managerial Values: Empirical Studies at the Shop-Floor Level; 6 Summary and Conclusion; References; The New Higher Education Professionals; 1 Introduction; 2 Higher Education and University Personnel at Stake; 2.1 A Sketch of the Bigger Picture; 2.2 University Personnel in the Arena
    Description / Table of Contents: 3 From Quantitative to Qualitative Approaches: Bureaucratisation, Identity and Professionalisation3.1 Quantitative Approaches Towards Academic and Administrative Personnel; 3.2 Qualitative Approaches Towards Administration and Higher Education Professionals; 3.3 A Collage of Features of Higher Education Professionals; 3.4 Institutional Research and Higher Education Professionals; 4 Academic Personnel; 4.1 Shifts in the Academic Job Descriptions, Para-Academics and Higher Education Professionals; 4.2 The "Academic-Turned-Manager" or the Changing Roles of Academic Managers; 5 The Overlap Model
    Description / Table of Contents: 6 ConclusionsReferences; Academic Markets, Academic Careers: Where Do We Stand?; 1 Academic Markets and Recruitment Procedures: A Historical Perspective; 1.1 From Prestige and Performance to Inbreeding; 1.2 The Academic Labour Market; 1.3 Governance of Academic Careers; 2 Stages of Academic Careers; 2.1 Young Academics and Doctoral Education; 2.1.1 Doctorates; 2.1.2 Post-doctorate; 2.2 Middle Rank and Adjuncts/Contingent Faculties; 2.2.1 Being Part of the Middle Rank: A Required Step on the Path of an Academic Career; 2.2.2 Adjunct Staff: A Dead End?; 2.3 The Professoriate-Tenure
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.3.1 A Story of Loss
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 85
    ISBN: 9789400744585
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXII, 221 p. 24 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Research on PISA
    RVK:
    Keywords: Mathematics ; Science Study and teaching ; Educational tests and measurements ; Educational psychology ; Literacy ; Education ; Education ; Mathematics ; Science Study and teaching ; Educational tests and measurements ; Educational psychology ; Literacy ; Konferenzschrift 2009 ; PISA-Studie
    Abstract: The Programme for International Student Assessment (PISA) is an important part of the OECD's Indicator Programme. It collects data and provides comparative indicators of education systems in OECD member and partner countries. PISA provides datasets of outstanding quality regarding samples, instruments and analyses. In addition to its important function for educational monitoring, the PISA datasets are the basis of a wide range of secondary analyses from a number of different scientific perspectives and disciplines. The aim of this book is to make some of the outstanding PISA related research results available for a wider audience. Specifically four research areas will be focused: (1) Content related research; (2) Methodological research; (3) Context related research; (4) Research on trends in PISA. Each part of the book is devoted to one of these areas and will start with an introduction from a leading expert in the field followed by chapters covering research conducted in this field.
    Description / Table of Contents: Research on PISA; Acknowledgements; Contents; Contributors; Introduction: Research on PISA, with PISA, and for PISA; The Purpose of PISA; Structure of Research on PISA; Research with PISA: How to Extend a PISA Cycle?; Research on PISA: Some Expectations; References; Part I: Content Related Research; Introduction : Content Related Researchon PISA; References; Chapter 1: Implications of PISA Outcomes for Science Curriculum Reform in the Netherlands; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Dutch Science Education and the PISA 2006 Scientific Literacy Framework; 1.2.1 The PISA 2009 Scientific Literacy Framework
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.2.2 Comparison of Dutch Science Education with the PISA Framework1.2.3 Expected Strengths and Weaknesses of Dutch Students; 1.3 Methods; 1.3.1 Introduction; 1.3.2 Method of Analysis at the Item Level; 1.4 Results; 1.4.1 Strengths and Weaknesses of Dutch Students; 1.4.1.1 Relatively Difficult Items; 1.4.1.2 Relatively Easy Items; 1.4.2 Differences Between Students in General and Vocational Secondary Education; 1.4.3 Analyses of the Attitudinal Scales; 1.5 Conclusions; 1.5.1 Implications for Dutch Science Education; Appendix: PISA items; The Greenhouse Effect: Fact or Fiction?; Mary Montagu
    Description / Table of Contents: The History of VaccinationReferences; Chapter 2: Using Mathematical Competencies to Predict Item Difficulty in PISA: A MEG Study; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 The Competency Related Variables; 2.3 Analysis of the Application of the MEG Item Difficulty Framework; 2.3.1 Psychometric Quality; 2.3.1.1 Correlation of Variable Average Code Values; 2.3.1.2 Coder Consistency; 2.3.2 Results of Difficulty Analyses; 2.3.2.1 Predicting Variance Explained; 2.3.2.2 Factor Analysis; 2.4 Present Status of the Study; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 3: PISA Mathematics in Germany: Extending the Conceptual Framework to Enable a More Differentiated Assessment3.1 Introduction; 3.2 The Need to Differentiate: Mathematics Achievement Is Not Homogeneous Across Countries; 3.3 A Model for Mathematical Tasks; 3.4 Features of Mathematical Tasks; 3.5 Profiles of Mathematical Achievement; 3.6 Advantages of Differentiated Assessment; References; Part II: Methodological Research; Introduction: Methodological Research in Large-Scale International Assessments; References; Chapter 4: Modeling Reciprocal Determinism in PISA
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.1 Reciprocal Determinism4.1.1 Reciprocal Determinism in PISA; 4.2 Formulating a Nonrecursive Structural Equation Model; 4.2.1 Identification; 4.2.2 Measurement Models; 4.2.3 Estimation; 4.3 Findings; 4.3.1 The Fit Between the Model and the Data; 4.3.2 Parameter Estimates; 4.3.3 Reciprocal Determinism; 4.3.4 Other Influences on Mathematics Self-efficacy and Achievement; 4.4 Modeling Reciprocal Determinism in PISA; References; Chapter 5: The Measurement of Translation Error in PISA-2006 Items: An Application of the Theory of Test Translation Error; 5.1 Theoretical Framework
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.1.1 Definition of Translation Error
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 86
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400748637 , 1283698080 , 9781283698085
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VII, 214 p. 12 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Patrick, Patricia G. Zoo talk
    RVK:
    Keywords: Science Study and teaching ; Education ; Education ; Science Study and teaching
    Abstract: Founded on the premise that zoos are 'bilingual'--that the zoo, in the shape of its staff and exhibits, and its visitors speak distinct languages--this enlightening analysis of the informal learning that occurs in zoos examines the 'speech' of exhibits and staff as well as the discourse of visitors beginning in the earliest years. Using real-life conversations among visitors as a basis for discussion, the authors interrogate children's responses to the exhibits and by doing so develop an 'informal learning model' and a 'zoo knowledge model' that prompts suggestions for activities that classroom educators can use before, during, and after a zoo visit. Their analysis of the 'visitor voice' informs creative suggestions for how to enhance the educational experiences of young patrons. By assessing visitors' entry knowledge and their interpretations of the exhibits, the authors establish a baseline for zoos that helps them to refine their communication with visitors, for example in expanding knowledge of issues concerning biodiversity and biological conservation. The book includes practical advice for zoo and classroom educators about positive ways to prepare for zoo visits, engaging activities during visits, and follow-up work that maximizes the pedagogical benefits. It also reflects on the interplay between the developing role of zoos as facilitators of learning, and the ways in which zoos help visitors assimilate the knowledge on offer. In addition to being essential reading for educators in zoos and in the classroom, this volume is full of insights with much broader contextual relevance for getting the most out of museum visits and field trips in general
    Abstract: Founded on the premise that zoos are bilingualthat the zoo, in the shape of its staff and exhibits, and its visitors speak distinct languagesthis enlightening analysis of the informal learning that occurs in zoos examines the speech of exhibits and staff as well as the discourse of visitors beginning in the earliest years. Using real-life conversations among visitors as a basis for discussion, the authors interrogate childrens responses to the exhibits and by doing so develop an informal learning model and a zoo knowledge model that prompts suggestions for activities that classroom educators can use before, during, and after a zoo visit.Their analysis of the visitor voice informs creative suggestions for how to enhance the educational experiences of young patrons. By assessing visitors entry knowledge and their interpretations of the exhibits, the authors establish a baseline for zoos that helps them to refine their communication with visitors, for example in expanding knowledge of issues concerning biodiversity and biological conservation. The book includes practical advice for zoo and classroom educators about positive ways to prepare for zoo visits, engaging activities during visits, and follow-up work that maximizes the pedagogical benefits. It also reflects on the interplay between the developing role of zoos as facilitators of learning, and the ways in which zoos help visitors assimilate the knowledge on offer. In addition to being essential reading for educators in zoos and in the classroom, this volume is full of insights with much broader contextual relevance for getting the most out of museum visits and field trips in general.
    Description / Table of Contents: Zoo Talk; Contents; Chapter 1: Introduction; References; Chapter 2: A History of Animal Collections; The Beginning of Menageries and Zoos; Zoos in the United States of America; The Evolution of Zoo Design; Zoo Education; The Zoo Voice Today; References; Chapter 3: Rationale for the Existence of Zoos; Education; Conservation; Recreation or Entertainment; Facilities; Research; Culture and Society; The Future; References; Chapter 4: Visitors' Knowledge of Zoos; The Zoo Visitor and Their Reasons for Visiting the Zoo; The Visitor's Perceptions of Nature; The Importance of Mental Models
    Description / Table of Contents: Understandings People Have of ZoosReferences; Chapter 5: Exhibit Design; Exhibits; Labels; Animals as Exhibits and Topics of Conversation; Experiential Space in Exhibits; References; Chapter 6: Talking About Animals; Taxonomy and the Term Animal; Identifying Animals; Animal Behavior and Anatomy; Attitudes, Emotional Connections, and Culture; References; Chapter 7: Visitor Voice; Form, Function, and Categories of Conversations; Discourse in the Exhibit; Using Grounded Theory to Analyze Conversations; Understanding Terminology; References; Chapter 8: School and Family Groups' Conversations
    Description / Table of Contents: Family GroupsSchool Groups; Talking Science; References; Chapter 9: The Zoo Voice: Zoo Education and Learning; Why Visit Zoos?; Prior Knowledge and Learning; Zoo Education; References; Chapter 10: Information Educators Need to Know About Zoo Field Trips (Useful Field Trip Information); Analyzing Discourse; Exhibit Learning Cycle; Increasing Communication During the Interpretation Stage; More Ideas; Nature Tables; Physical Science and Hands-On Activities Pre-visit; Patterns of Animal Anatomy; Hands-On Activities Pre-visit; Zoo Kits; DNA Fingerprinting; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 11: Zoo Field Trip DesignRationale for Visiting the Zoo: Animals; Rationale for Visiting the Zoo: Educational; Learning During a Zoo Field Trip; Characteristics of Successful Field Trips; Cognitive: Pre-visit Activities; Cognitive: During-Visit Activities; Cognitive: Post-visit Activities; Suggested Activities; Procedural: Facility Staff; Procedural: Advanced Organizers; Social: Student Groups; Social: Control of Visit and Learning; Teacher Training and Chaperone Preparation; References; Chapter 12: Conclusions; Index;
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 87
    ISBN: 9789400753952 , 128369820X , 9781283698207
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXIII, 92 p. 1 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Early childhood education ; Education ; Education ; Early childhood education ; Kleinkinderziehung
    Abstract: Among the welter of books on critical pedagogy, this volume will be especially valued for its direct focus on early years and elementary educators. Benefiting from the considered views of two veteran teachers of critical pedagogy, the volume is far more than a knowledge-rich resource, offering as it does vital support in applying the tenets of critical pedagogy to classroom practice. Alongside specific examples of teachers engaging in critical pedagogy in elementary and early-childhood classrooms, the material features close analysis and guidance that will help ease teachers into reflective practice in critical pedagogy that is based on praxisthe point at which theory and practice meet and interact. Indeed, the authors move readers even further than this, showing how students as well as teachers can transform their experience of education through critical reflection.After surveying the field of critical pedagogy, the authors discuss the core precepts that inform the classroom practice of critical pedagogues. They move on to discuss how vital these early and elementary years are in forging childrens nascent identities. Other topics covered include discrimination, gender issues, the development of social justice projects, and the social transformations that critical pedagogy can manifest in the classroom. Finally, this resource explains how teachers can move forward in their classroom practice to enhance equity, justice and social responsibility. This book is essential reading for classroom practitioners in early and elementary education, whether neophytes or veterans, who are interested in deploying this powerful educational paradigm in their work.After surveying the field of critical pedagogy, the authors discuss the core precepts that inform the classroom practice of critical pedagogues. They move on to discuss how vital these early and elementary years are in forging childrens nascent identities. Other topics covered include discrimination, gender issues, the development of social justice projects, and the social transformations that critical pedagogy can manifest in the classroom. Finally, this resource explains how teachers can move forward in their classroom practice to enhance equity, justice and social responsibility. This book is essential reading for classroom practitioners in early and elementary education, whether neophytes or veterans, who are interested in deploying this powerful educational paradigm in their work.
    Description / Table of Contents: Critical Pedagogy for Early Childhood and Elementary Educators; Preface; Introduction; The Testing Paradox; Elementary Student-Centered Teaching Practicefor Democratic Social Justice; Elementary Students as a Part of a Global Citizenry; Organization of the Text; What Is Critical Pedagogy?; Being Critical of Critical Pedagogy; Assumptions: Where Are We?; Identity; Praxis of Critical Pedagogy; Discrimination; Gender, Ethnicity, and Disability; The Dilemma of Social Justice; Teaching for Transformation; Looking Back and Moving Forward; References; Acknowledgements; Contents
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 1: Introduction: Critical Pedagogy in an Age of the Marketizationof EducationThe Marketization of Education; The Hope of Critical Pedagogy; References; Chapter 2: What Is Critical Pedagogy?; Glossary; References; Chapter 3: Being Critical of Critical Pedagogy; Specific Criticisms of Critical Pedagogy; Transforming Criticisms into Solutions; Making Accessible the Language of Critical Pedagogy; Incorporating Other Voices Beyond Those of White Men; Becoming Part of the Solutions and Not Just the Problems of Critical Pedagogy; References; Chapter 4: Assumptions: Where Are We?
    Description / Table of Contents: Particular Forms of Knowledge Are Valued Over OthersStandards; School Knowledge Belongs to the Privileged; Those in Power Positions Try to Maintain a Dominant Position in Society; What Can We Do to Make a Difference?; Get all Students Involved in Planning the Curriculum; Learn as Much as Possible About Diverse Populations; Examine Stereotypes and Assumptions About Socioeconomic Status; References; Chapter 5: Identity; Who Am I? Why Am I Here?; Family Structures; What Are Obstacles to Identify Formation?; How Do We Overcome Obstacles to Identity Formation?; How Do We Get There?
    Description / Table of Contents: Who Will Advocate for the Children?References; Chapter 6: Praxis and Critical Pedagogy; Theoretical Background; Educators' Making Meaning; Examining the Unexamined; What Is White Privilege?; Cultural Capital; How to Accomplish Praxis; Application; Technology as Application; References; Chapter 7: Discrimination; Legislation; Time and Space Context; Civil Rights Timeline; Importance of Children and Resistance to Segregation; The Struggle for Voting Rights; Voting Rights Timeline; Stage Development of Discrimination; Assisting Young Students to Accept and Enact Antidiscriminatory Practice
    Description / Table of Contents: ReferencesChapter 8: Gender, Ethnicity, and Disability; Gender Strides and Declines; Women in Higher Education; Women and Compensation; Theorists in Educational Foundations; Women Left Out of Educational Psychological and Historical Foundations; Ways for Faculty to Promote Equity in the Classroom; Hands and Minds on Ideas for Elementary Learners to Learn About Women in Education; Integrating Women into Elementary Critical Pedagogy Classrooms; Lesson Plan; References; Chapter 9: The Dilemma of Social Justice; What Is Social Justice?; What Is Citizenship?; Fraser's Model of Social Justice
    Description / Table of Contents: We Pray for the Child
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 88
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400752108
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVI, 181 p, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Humanities ; Religion (General) ; Humanities / Arts ; Religiöser Pluralismus ; Interreligiosität ; Soziale Bewegung ; Friedenskonsolidierung
    Abstract: This book documents the ultramodern rise of the multifaith movement, as mulitfaith initiatives have been increasingly deployed as cosmopolitan solutions to counter global risks such as terrorism and climate change at the turn of the 21st century. These projects aim to enhance common security, particularly in Western societies following the events of September 11, 2001 and the July 2005 London bombings, where multifaith engagement has been promoted as a strategy to counter violent extremism. The author draws on interviews with 56 leading figures in the field of multifaith relations, including Paul Knitter, Eboo Patel, Marcus Braybrooke, Katherine Marshall, John Voll and Krista Tippett.Identifying the principle aims of the multifaith movement, the analysis explores the benefits-and challenges-of multifaith engagement, as well as the effectiveness of multifaith initiatives in countering the process of radicalization. Building on notions of cosmopolitanism, the work proposes a new theoretical framework termed ‘Netpeace’, which recognizes the interconnectedness of global problems and their solutions. In doing so, it acknowledges the capacity of multi-actor peacebuilding networks, including religious and state actors, to address the pressing dilemmas of our times. The primary intention of the book is to assist in the formation of new models of activism and governance, founded on a ‘politics of understanding’ modeled by the multifaith movement.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 89
    ISBN: 9789048139453 , 1283697939 , 9781283697934
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XX, 171 p, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Education ; Education ; Friedenserziehung
    Abstract: Forward-thinking pedagogues as well as peace researchers have, in recent decades, cast a critical eye over teaching content and methodology with the aim of promulgating notions of peace and sustainability in education. This volume gives voice to the reflections of educational theorists and practitioners who have taken on the task of articulating a 'curriculum of difference' that gives positive voice to these key concepts in the pedagogical arena. Here, contributors from around the world engage with paradigm-shifting discourses that reexamine questions of ontology and human subjectivity--discourses that advocate interdisciplinarity as well as the reformulation of epistemological boundaries. Deconstructing the origins and limits of human knowledge and learning, the book affords educators the opportunity to identify and express common elements of the subjects taught and studied in educational institutions, elements that facilitate students' apprehension of peace and sustainability. With penetrating analysis of contemporary issues in the field, this volume introduces a range of fresh theoretical approaches that extend the boundaries of peace education, which is broadly defined as promoting the responsible, equitable and sustainable co-existence of differing human communities. In doing so, the chapters show how we can improve our lives as well as our chances of survival as a species by acknowledging the importance of shared human aspirations that cut across borders, of genuinely listening to alternative voices and opinions, of challenging the ubiquitous, socially constructed historical narratives that define human relations only in terms of power. Charged with vitality and originality, this new publication is a critical examination of issues central to the development and utility of global education
    Abstract: Forward-thinking pedagogues as well as peace researchers have, in recent decades, cast a critical eye over teaching content and methodology with the aim of promulgating notions of peace and sustainability in education. This volume gives voice to the reflections of educational theorists and practitioners who have taken on the task of articulating a ‘curriculum of difference’ that gives positive voice to these key concepts in the pedagogical arena. Here, contributors from around the world engage with paradigm-shifting discourses that reexamine questions of ontology and human subjectivity-discourses that advocate interdisciplinarity as well as the reformulation of epistemological boundaries. Deconstructing the origins and limits of human knowledge and learning, the book affords educators the opportunity to identify and express common elements of the subjects taught and studied in educational institutions, elements that facilitate students’ apprehension of peace and sustainability.With penetrating analysis of contemporary issues in the field, this volume introduces a range of fresh theoretical approaches that extend the boundaries of peace education, which is broadly defined as promoting the responsible, equitable and sustainable co-existence of differing human communities. In doing so, the chapters show how we can improve our lives as well as our chances of survival as a species by acknowledging the importance of shared human aspirations that cut across borders, of genuinely listening to alternative voices and opinions, of challenging the ubiquitous, socially constructed historical narratives that define human relations only in terms of power. Charged with vitality and originality, this new publication is a critical examination of issues central to the development and utility of global education.
    Description / Table of Contents: Critical Peace Education; Contents; Contributors; Critical Peace Education: Difficult Dialogues; References; Chapter 1: Meditating on the Barricades: Concerns, Cautions, and Possibilities for Peace Education for Political Efficacy; Reflective and Conceptual Dimensions of Comprehensive/Critical Peace Education; Political Concerns: Efficacy in Establishing Cosmopolitan Norms; Pedagogic Concerns: Maintaining Authentic Open Inquiry; Reflecting Our Way to the Barricades: Multiple Modes of Reflective Inquiry Relevant to the Political Efficacy of Peace Learning
    Description / Table of Contents: Caution with Regard to Religious and Spiritual PracticeSignificant Distinctions: Reflective Inquiry into Conceptual Clarifications; Critical and Ideological: Toward Truly Open Inquiry; Morality and Ethics: Pursuing a Wider Scope of Justice and Moral Inclusion; Reflective Inquiry as a Pedagogy of Cosmopolitanism; References; Chapter 2: The Cold Peace; Introduction; The Liberal Philosophy of Peace; Crimes Against Peace; Peace and Development; American Foreign Policy and the Peace Corps; Liberal World Order and the Growth of the Peace Industry; Neoconservatism, War, and Peace
    Description / Table of Contents: The Globalization of ViolenceThe Postmodernization of Peace and the Neoliberalization of Security; References; Chapter 3: Re-imag(e)ining the Cosmopolitical: Deconstructing the Other; References; Chapter 4: The Transformative Power of Engaged Thinking for Peace Education; References; Chapter 5: Critical Pedagogy and Peace Education: Understanding Violence, Human Rights, and the Historical Project of Militant Peace; A Theoretical Framework for Understanding Violence; Who Is the Perpetrator of Violence?
    Description / Table of Contents: Beyond the Politics of Compassion: Discursive and Material Violence in the Age of Human RightsTolerance and the Liberal Ideology of Missionary Politics; Peace Education and Critical Pedagogy: Making Militant Peace a Political Project; References; Chapter 6: Cosmology, Context, and Peace Education: A View from War Zones; Cosmology and Peace Education; Angolan Cosmologies; Perils of Imposition; A Systems Approach to Peace Education; A Case from Northern Uganda; Sociopolitical Disconnects; Toward a Systemic Approach; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 7: Critical Emotional Praxis: Rethinking Teaching and Learning About Trauma and Reconciliation in SchoolsIntroduction; The Psychic, Social and Political Influence of Emotions of Trauma and the Implications for Reconciliation Efforts; The Political Appropriation of Emotions of Trauma in Schools: The Example of Fear; Critical Emotional Praxis for Reconciliation Education; Conclusion; References; Chapter 8: What You See Depends Where You Stand: Critical Anticolonial Perspectives on Genocide Education Addressing the 1994 Rwandan Genocide; Situating Our Project; In Conversation: Umwali
    Description / Table of Contents: Marie-Jolie
    Description / Table of Contents: Meditating on the Barricades: Concerns, Cautions and Possibilities for Peace Education for Political Efficacy, Betty Reardon -- The Cold Peace, Michael A. Peters and James Thayer -- Re-imag(e)ining the Cosmopolitical: Deconstructing the Other, Bryan A. Wright -- The Transformative Power of Engaged Thinking for Peace Education, Robert Gould -- Critical Pedagogy and Peace Education: Understanding Violence, Human Rights, and the Historical Project of Militant Peace, Panayota Gounari -- Cosmology, Context, and Peace Education: A View From War Zones, Michael G. Wessells -- Critical Emotional Praxis: Rethinking Teaching and Learning About Trauma and Reconciliation in Schools, Mychalinos Zembylas -- What you see depends where you stand: Critical anticolonial perspectives on Genocide Education addressing the 1994 Rwandan Genocide, Lisa K. Taylor, Marie-Jolie Rwigema, Sollange Ssuter Umwali -- Forging a Constellation, Re-covering A Space of Memory Beyond Reconciliation and Consternation, Mario Di Paolantonio -- The Road to Inclusion: Citizenship and Participatory Action Research as a Means of Redressing “Otherness” Among Homeless Youth, David Alan Goldberg -- Dialogical Hospitality as a Habitat for Peace, Francois Mifsud..
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 90
    ISBN: 9789400755529 , 1283908689 , 9781283908689
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VI, 117 p. 19 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerBriefs in Education
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Educational tests and measurements ; Educational psychology ; Education ; Education ; Educational tests and measurements ; Educational psychology ; Pädagogik ; Internet ; Netzwerk
    Abstract: Identifying 'networked flow' as the key driver of networked creativity, this new volume in the Springer Briefs series deploys concepts from a range of sub-disciplines in psychology to suggest ways of optimizing the innovative potential of creative networks. In their analysis of how to support these networks, the contributing authors apply expertise in experimental, social, cultural and educational psychology. They show how developing a creative network requires the establishment of an optimal group experience in which individual intentions inform and guide collective goals. The volume represents a three-fold achievement. It develops a ground-breaking new perspective on group creativity: the notion of 'networked flow' as a bridging concept linking the neuropsychological, psychological and social levels of the creative process. In addition, the authors set out a six-stage model that provides researchers with a methodological framework (also by referring to the social network analysis) for studying the creativity traditionally associated with interpersonal contexts. Finally, the book includes perceptive analysis of the novel possibilities opened up by second-generation internet technologies, particularly in social networking, that seem destined to develop and sustain online creativity. As a wide-ranging exposition of a new direction in theoretical psychology that is laden with exciting possibilities, this volume will inform and inspire professionals, scholars and students alike
    Abstract: Identifying ‘networked flow’ as the key driver of networked creativity, this new volume in the Springer Briefs series deploys concepts from a range of sub-disciplines in psychology to suggest ways of optimizing the innovative potential of creative networks. In their analysis of how to support these networks, the contributing authors apply expertise in experimental, social, cultural and educational psychology. They show how developing a creative network requires the establishment of an optimal group experience in which individual intentions inform and guide collective goals.The volume represents a three-fold achievement. It develops a ground-breaking new perspective on group creativity: the notion of ‘networked flow’ as a bridging concept linking the neuropsychological, psychological and social levels of the creative process. In addition, the authors set out a six-stage model that provides researchers with a methodological framework (also by referring to the social network analysis) for studying the creativity traditionally associated with interpersonal contexts. Finally, the book includes perceptive analysis of the novel possibilities opened up by second-generation internet technologies, particularly in social networking, that seem destined to develop and sustain online creativity. As a wide-ranging exposition of a new direction in theoretical psychology that is laden with exciting possibilities, this volume will inform and inspire professionals, scholars and students alike.
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 1: From Creativity to Creative Networks Chapter -- 2: The Cognitive Foundations of Networked Flow Chapter -- 3: The Emergence of Networked Flow Chapter -- 4: Analyzing the Experience of Networked Flow through Social Network Analysis​.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 91
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400745070 , 1283697998 , 9781283697996
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXI, 433 p. 100 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Education in the Asia-Pacific Region: Issues, Concerns and Prospects 18
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Educational tests and measurements ; Educational psychology ; Education ; Education ; Educational tests and measurements ; Educational psychology ; Pädagogischer Test
    Abstract: The Asia-Pacific region needs to maximize the benefits of education to enable it to compete in an economic future dominated by innovation, in which assessing student progress must be an empowering rather than delimiting factor. This detailed exposition of the theoretical basis and application tools of self-directed learning-oriented assessment (SLOA) reflects the very latest research championed by the Assessment Research Centre at The Hong Kong Institute of Education. Featuring a range of relevant case studies, it explores the varied theoretical issues related to SLOA and offers an integrated view of the system fully in line with the constructivist paradigm of learning which advocates formative rather than summative assessment. Many of the initiatives outlined here are firsts in the region.SLOA is already being applied in many schools with links to the ARC. It is an approach to assessment that acknowledges the centrality of self-directed learning and which positions assessment as a tool to enable and enhance self-directed learning. It draws on several theories of learning and assessment, including the constructivist notion that learning is best achieved when students take ownership of their educational process, setting their own goals and monitoring their own progress towards those goals. SLOA has been the research and service approach of the ARC since 2005. In the intervening years the centre has developed a number of tools to facilitate SLOA learning and assessment, including vertical ability scales, teacher-friendly computer software and packages for self-directed learning.
    Description / Table of Contents: Self-directed Learning Oriented Assessments in the Asia-Pacific; Introduction by the Series Editors; Acknowledgements; Contents; List of Figures; List of Tables; Contributors; Part I: Theory of Self-Directed Learning Oriented Assessment; Chapter 1: Assessment Reform in the Asia-Pacific Region: The Theory and Practice of Self-Directed Learning Oriented Assessment; 1.1 Background: The Broader Context for Change; 1.1.1 Assessment Reforms in the Region; 1.1.2 Commonalities of Assessment Reforms in the Asia-Paci fi c Region; 1.1.3 Assessment as Learning Reform: Self-Directed Learning
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.1.4 Assessment for Learning Reform1.1.5 Resolving Tensions in Assessment Reforms; 1.2 Conceptions of Self-Directed Learning Oriented Assessment; 1.2.1 Learning Oriented Assessment; 1.2.2 Self-Directed Learning; 1.2.3 Metacognition; 1.2.4 Feedback; 1.2.5 SLOA: Integrating Assessment Of , For and As Learning; 1.2.6 Theoretical Underpinnings of SLOA; 1.3 Implementation Strategies of SLOA in Schools; 1.4 Tools for the Implementation of SLOA; 1.5 Examples of Implementation in the Asia-Paci fi c Region; 1.6 Conclusion; References; Chapter 2: Assessment, Standards-Referencing and Standard Setting
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.1 Assessment2.1.1 The Meaning of Assessment; 2.1.2 Reporting of Assessments; 2.2 Standards-Referencing; 2.2.1 Giving Meaning to Student Achievement: Norm-Referencing; 2.2.2 Giving Meaning to Student Achievement: Criterion-Referencing; 2.2.3 Giving Meaning to Student Achievement: Standards-Referencing; 2.2.4 Characteristics of Standards-Referenced Systems; 2.2.5 De fi ning Standards; 2.3 Standard Setting; 2.3.1 Setting Standards; 2.3.2 Using Performance Standard to Summarise Student Performance; 2.3.3 Reporting Student Performance
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.3.4 Some Suggestions for Teachers and Examiners in Setting Examinations and Tests in a Standards-Referenced System2.3.5 Standards-Referencing for School Executives; 2.4 Conclusion; References; Chapter 3: Rapid Dynamic Assessment for Learning; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Theoretical Framework; 3.2.1 Knowledge Base and the Nature of Expertise; 3.2.2 Rapid Schema-Based Assessment; 3.2.3 General Design Framework; 3.3 Rapid Diagnostic Assessment Methods; 3.3.1 Rapid Assessment of Expertise in Coordinate Geometry; 3.3.1.1 Model of Expertise; 3.3.1.2 Task Model; 3.3.1.3 Evidence Model
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.3.2 Rapid Assessment of Expertise in Solving Arithmetic Word Problems3.3.2.1 Model of Expertise; 3.3.2.2 Task Pattern; 3.3.2.3 Evidence Model; 3.4 Toward Rapid Dynamic Assessment for Learning; 3.5 Conclusion; 3.5.1 Future Developments; 3.5.1.1 Establishing Generality of the Tool; 3.5.1.2 Using Rapid Assessment in Adaptive Learning Environments; References; Chapter 4: Standardized Diagnostic Assessment Design and Analysis: Key Ideas from Modern Measurement Theory; 4.1 Introduction; 4.1.1 Assessment Of , For , and As Learning; 4.1.2 Measurement Models for Diagnostic Assessment Data
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.2 Evidence-Centered Design
    Description / Table of Contents: Introduction by the Series Editors.-  Acknowledgements -- List of Contributors -- List of Figures -- List of Tables -- About the Contributors -- SECTION 1: Theory of Self Directed Learning Oriented Assessment -- 1. Assessment Reform in the Asia-Pacific Region: The Theory and Practice of Self-directed Learning Oriented Assessment -- 2. Assessment, Standards-Referencing and Standard Setting -- 3.  Rapid Dynamic Assessment for Learning -- 4. Standardized Diagnostic Assessment Design and Analysis: Key Ideas from Modern Measurement Theory -- 5. Application of the DINA Model Framework to Enhance Assessment and Learning -- 6. Theory of Self-Directed Learning-Oriented Assessment: A Non-Technical Introduction to the Theoretical Foundations and Methodologies of Cognitive Diagnostic Assessment -- 7. Getting to the Core of Learning: Using Assessment for Self-monitoring and Self-regulation -- 8. Metacognitive Self-Confidence in School-Aged Children -- SECTION 2: Tools for Implementing Self Directed Learning Oriented Assessment -- 9. Using Item Response Theory as a Tool in Educational Measurement -- 10. A Concurrent-Separate Approach to Vertical Scaling -- 11. Student-Problem Chart: An Essential Tool for SLOA -- 12. Using User-defined Fit Statistic to Analyze Two Tier Items in Mathematics -- 13. Dynamic Assessment of Learning Potential -- 14. Exploiting Computerized Adaptive Testing for Self-Directed Learning -- SECTION 3: Case Studies of Self Directed Learning Oriented Assessment in the Region -- 15. Learning Assessment Reform in Thailand -- 16. Concerns of Student Teachers: Identifying Emerging Themes through Self-assessment -- 17. Informing Learning and Teaching Using Feedback from Assessment Data: Hong Kong Teachers’ Attitudes towards Rasch Measurement -- 18. Accelerated Approach to Primary School English Education in China: Three Case Studies -- 19. Physical Education in Higher Education in Hong Kong: The Effects of the Intervention on Pre-service Sports Coaches’ Attitudes towards Assessment for Learning used in Sports -- 20. The Case of St Margaret’s Girls’ College: How SLOA Promotes Self Assessment and Peer Assessment to Enhance Secondary School Student English Learning -- Index. .
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 92
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400745636
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XX, 379 p. 46 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Cultural Studies of Science Education 8
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Science education for diversity
    RVK:
    Keywords: Science Study and teaching ; Religion and education ; Education ; Education ; Science Study and teaching ; Religion and education ; Pädagogische Soziologie
    Abstract: Reflecting the very latest theory on diversity issues in science education, including new dialogic approaches, this volume explores the subject from a range of perspectives and draws on studies from around the world. The work discusses fundamental topics such as how we conceptualize diversity as well as examining the ways in which heterogeneous cultural constructs influence the teaching and learning of science in a range of contexts. Including numerous strategies ready for adoption by interested teachers, the book addresses the varied cultural factors that influence engagement with science education. It seeks answers to the question of why increasing numbers of students fail to connect with science education in schools and looks at the more subtle impact that students’ individually constructed identities have on the teaching and learning of science. Recognizing the diversity of its audience, the book covers differing levels and science subjects, and examines material from a range of viewpoints that include pedagogy, curricula, teacher education, learning, gender, religion, and ICT, as well as those of in-service and trainee teachers at all levels
    Description / Table of Contents: Contents; Why Science Education for Diversity?; Introduction; What Do We Mean by Diversity?; Social and Historical Context; Cultural Diversity and Science Education; Sociocultural and Dialogic Perspectives; Tensions and Dilemmas; Argument and Structure of This Book; References; Part I: Science Education Reform for Diversity; Dialogic Science Education for Diversity; Introduction: The Science Education for Diversity Project; What Is Science?; Monologic, Dialogic and Diversity; How Do We Conceptualise Diversity?; Developing a Framework for Science Education for Diversity
    Description / Table of Contents: How Do We Make Science Education More Relevant?Will Inquiry-Based Science Education (IBSE) Help?; Explicitly Dialogic Pedagogy; Connecting to Real Science; Mastery Learning Combined with Dialogic Science Pedagogy; Teaching the Nature of Science; Teaching Thinking in Science and Through Science; The Role of ICT; The Need for Guided Collaborative Critical Reflection on Action; Summary and Conclusion; References; Expanding Notions of Scientific Literacy: A Reconceptualization of Aims of Science Education in the Knowledge Society
    Description / Table of Contents: The "Two Cultures" and the Need for a Broader Notion of Scientific LiteracyScientific Literacy Reconceptualized; Science Engagement Curriculum Policy Images; Science and the Public: An Online Graduate Program; The Inconvenient Truth: A Documentary on Global Warming; Oceanside Community Science Project (Roth and Lee 2004; Roth and Calabrese 2004); Conclusions; References; Activity, Subjectification, and Personality: Science Education from a Diversity-of-Life Perspective; Cultural-Historical Activity Theory; Activity and Actions; Subjectification; Personality; On the Way to Become a Doctor
    Description / Table of Contents: Early Activities and RelationsHigh School Science; Science Internship; College Science; Resident Care Assistant; Coda; References; Reflexivity and Diversity in Science Education Research in Europe: Towards Cultural Perspectives; Introduction; Cultural Studies and Issues of Diversity in Science Education; The State of the Art of Cultural Studies of Science Education in Europe; Reflexivity: Theoretical Barriers and Horizons; Towards Cultural Studies as a Unifying Research Paradigm; References; Part II: From Learning to Pedagogy; Science Education for Diversity and Informal Learning
    Description / Table of Contents: Importance of Informal Environments for Learning ScienceKey Features of Science Learning in Informal Environments; Activation of Prior Knowledge; Acknowledging and Valuing Multiple Perspectives; Sociocultural Frameworks for Informal Science Learning; Sociocultural Approach with Individual Science Learning Goals: Social Constructivism; Sociocultural Approach with Community Learning Goals: Collective Praxis; The Practice of Informal Science Education for Diversity; Examples of the Impact of Exhibit Design on Collaborative Talk; Involving Diverse Groups in Development of Programs and Exhibits
    Description / Table of Contents: Step 1
    Description / Table of Contents: Introduction -- Why science education for diversity? Nasser Mansour and Rupert Wegerif -- Part 1. Science education reform for diversity -- Chapter 1: Dialogic Science Education for Diversity, Rupert Wegerif, Keith Postlethwaite, Nigel Skinner, Nasser Mansour, Alun Morgan, Lindsay Hetherington -- Chapter2: Expanding Notions of Scientific Literacy: A Re-conceptualization of Aims of Science Education in the Knowledge Society, Xiufeng Liu -- Chapter3: Activity, Subjectification, and Personality: Science Education from a Diversity-of-Life Perspective, Wolff-Michael Roth, University of Victoria -- Chapter 4: Reflexivity and diversity in research on science education: A European account, Michiel van Eijck -- Part 2, from learning to pedagogy -- Chapter 5: Science education for diversity and informal learning, Loran E. Parker and Gerald H. Krockover -- Chapter 6: Diverse, disengaged and reactive: A teacher’s adaptation of ethical dilemma story pedagogy as a strategy to re-engage learners in education for sustainability,  Elisabeth Taylor, Peter Charles Taylor and MeiLing Chow -- Chapter 7: Tracing science in the early childhood classroom: the historicity of multi-resourced discourse practices in multilingual interaction, Charles Max, Gudrun Ziegler and Martin Kracheel -- Chapter 8: Conceptual frameworks, metaphysical commitments and worldviews: the challenge of reflecting the relationships between science and religion in science education, Keith S. Taber -- Chapter 9: Science Curriculum Reform on “Scientific Literacy for All” across National Contexts: Case Studies of Curricula from England and Hong Kong, Sibel Erduran and Siu Ling Wong -- Part 3 science teacher Education and diversity -- Chapter 10: Science teachers' cultural beliefs and diversities: A sociocultural perspective to science education, Nasser Mansour -- Chapter 11: Envisioning Science Teacher Preparation for Diversity in 21st Century Classrooms: Some Tensions, Norm Thomson, Deborah J. Tippins -- Chapter12: Expanded agency in multilingual science teacher training classrooms, Silvia Lizette Ramos De Robles & Mariona Espinet -- Part 4  Cultural issues in science Education -- Chapter 13: Re-conceptualizing a lifelong science education system that supports diversity: The role of free-choice learning, Lynn D. Dierking -- Chapter 14: Ignoring half the Sky: A feminist critique of science education’s knowledge society, Kathryn Scantlebury, Anita Hussénius, Kristina Andersson and Annica Gullberg -- Chapter 15: Religion in Science Education, Michael J. Reiss -- Chapter 16: Students’ perceptions of apparent contradictions between science and religion: Creation is only the beginning, Berry Billingsley -- Chapter 17: Gender and science in the Arab states: Current status and future prospects, Saouma BouJaoude & Ghada Gholam.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 93
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400751552
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXI, 351 p. 15 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Educating the Young Child, Advances in Theory and Research, Implications for Practice 6
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Early childhood education ; Educational psychology ; Developmental psychology ; Education ; Education ; Early childhood education ; Educational psychology ; Developmental psychology ; Vater ; Randgruppe ; Kind ; Psychosoziale Entwicklung ; Vaterschaft ; Internationaler Vergleich
    Abstract: This vital addition to Springer’s ‘Educating the Young Child’ series addresses gaps in the literature on father involvement in the lives of young children, a topic with a fast-rising profile in today’s world of female breadwinners and single-parent households. While the significant body of theoretical understanding and empirical data accumulated in recent decades has done much to characterize the fluidity of evolving notions of fatherhood, the impact of this understanding on policy and legal frameworks has been uneven at an international level. In a field where groups of fathers were until recently marginalized in research, this book adopts a refreshingly inclusive attitude, aiming to motivate researchers to capture the nuanced practices of fathers in minority groups such as those who are homeless, gay, imprisoned, raising a disabled child, or from ethnically distinct backgrounds, including Mexican- and African-American fathers.The volume includes chapters highlighting the unique challenges and possibilities of father involvement in their children’s early years of development. Contributing authors have integrated theories, research, policies, and programs on father involvement so as to attract readers with diverse interest and expertise, and material from selected countries in Asia, Australia, and Africa, as well as North America, evinces the international scope of their analysis. Their often interdisciplinary analyses draw, too, on historical and cultural legacies, even as they project a vision of the future in which fathers’ involvement in their young children’s lives develops alongside the changing political, economic and educational landscapes around the world.
    Description / Table of Contents: Foreword; Acknowledgment; Contents; About the Authors; About the Editor; Chapter 1 Introduction; Father Involvement in Young Children's Lives: CommonThemes and Diverse Perspectives; Purpose of the Book; Overview of the Book; Section 1: Father Involvement: Broad Strokes; Section 2: Father Involvement: Perspectives from the United States; Section 3: Father Involvement: Global Perspectives; About the Chapters; Father Involvement: Broad Strokes; Father Involvement: Perspectives from the United States; Father Involvement: Global Perspectives; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Section I Father Involvement: General PerspectivesChapter 2 Fathers and Early Literacy; Assumptions About Fathers and Early Literacy; Review of Research on Fathers and Early Literacy; Parent Promotion of Early Literacy; Frequency of Fathers Reading to their Children; Father Characteristics Related to Reading to Children; Why Fathers Read to Children?; Materials that Fathers Read; Barriers that Limit Father Involvement in Literacy Activities; Mother and Father Differences; Benefits of Father Involvement in Early Literacy; Summary of the Research Review
    Description / Table of Contents: Practice Literature and Early Literacy Interventionswith FathersFathers Reading Every Day (FRED) Program; Especially for Dads: Head Start Literacy Program; Dads & Kids Book Club; Literacy Workshop for Dads; Literacy Programs in the United Kingdom; Lessons from Practice; Conclusions; References; Chapter 3 Caring Fathers; What We Need to Know about Caring?; The Dimensions of Caring in Fathers; How Caring Fathers Influence Caring in Children?; Challenges to Fathers' Caring Roles; Strategies for Promoting Caring in Fathers; Informal Venues; Formal Venues
    Description / Table of Contents: Creating Communities that Nurture Caring FathersFather-Centered Education for Young Children; References; Section II Contexts Within the United States; Chapter 4 Mexican-American Father-Child Literacy Interactions; Family Support System; Challenging Theoretical Perspectives; Methodological Research Conflicts; Transformation of Mexican-American Fathers' Roles; Methodological Research Transformations; Mexican-American Fathers; Historical Transformations; Mexican-American Father Involvement Studies; Literacy Practices; Literacy Roles; Children's Academic Achievement; Educational History
    Description / Table of Contents: Diverse Literacy ExperiencesResearch and Practical Applications; Research Implications; Practice Implications; Conclusions; References; Chapter 5 Father Involvement, African Americans, and Reducing the Achievement Gap; Historical Efforts to Reduce the Gap; Efforts Prior to the Revolutionary War; Efforts After the Revolutionary War; The Rise of Father Involvement Research; Federal Policy, Father Involvement, and the Achievement Gap; The Eyes of Academics Are Opened; Factors that Contribute to Successful Father Participation; Challenges and Obstacles to Involve African American Fathers
    Description / Table of Contents: General Challenges and Obstacles
    Description / Table of Contents: SECTION 1: Father Involvement: General Perspectives -- 1. Fathers and Early Literacy; Glen Palm -- 2. Caring Fathers: Empowering Children to be Loving Human Beings; Kevin J. Swick -- SECTION 2: Contexts within the United States.- 3. Mexican American Father-Child Literacy Interactions; Olivia N. Saracho -- 4. Father Involvement, African Americans and Reducing the Achievement Gap; William H. Jeynes -- 5. Gay Fathers’ Involvement in Their Young Children’s Lives; Dana Berkowitz and Katherine A. Kuvalanka -- 6. Incarcerated Fathers: Implications for Father Involvement; Mike Roettger and Raymond R. Swisher -- 7. Involvement of Homeless Fathers: Challenges and Possibilities; Jyotsna Pattnaik and Christie Medeiros -- 8. Fathers of Young Children with Disabilities: Experiences, Involvement and Needs; Hedda Meadan, Howard P. Parette, Jr. and Sharon Doubet -- 9. Honoring Women Who must Raise Their Children Alone; Beatrice S. Fennimore -- Section 3: International Contexts.- 10. Father-child Involvement in English-Speaking Caribbean Countries: Links to Childhood Development; Jaipaul L Roopnarine -- 11. Indigenous Fathers in Canada: Multigenerational Challenges; Jessica Ball -- 12. Father Involvement: New Zealand; Paul Callister and Lindy Fursman -- 13. Male Involvement in Children’s Lives: Roles and Relevance to Academic and Non-Academic Outcomes in the Australian Context; Andrew J. Martin -- 14. Father Involvement in Young Children’s Care and Education in Southern Africa; Jeremiah Chikovore, Tawanda Makusha and Linda Richter -- 15. Fathering in India: Understanding Challenges and Opportunities; Rajalakshmi Sriram and Prachee Navalkar -- 16. Fathers’ Role in Chinese Children’s Education; Zhonghe Wu, Song An and Shuhua An -- 17. The Father Image in Japan -Traditional Roles and Emerging Realities in Conflict; Michelle Henault Morrone and Yumi Matsuyama -- 18. Father Involvement in Taiwan: A Progressive Perspective; Hsiu-Zu Ho, Chu-Ting Ko, Connie N. Tran, Jessica M. Phillips and Wei-Wen Chen -- Index..
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 94
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    New York, NY : Springer New York
    ISBN: 9781461419549
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVII, 235 p. 73 illus., 28 illus. in color, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Landriscina, Franco Simulation and learning
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Computer simulation ; Consciousness ; Education ; Education ; Computer simulation ; Consciousness ; Learning ; Educational technology ; Computer simulation ; Lernpsychologie ; Simulation
    Abstract: The main idea of this book is that to comprehend the instructional potential of simulation and to design effective simulation-based learning environments, one has to consider both what happens inside the computer and inside the students' minds. The framework adopted to do this is model-centered learning, in which simulation is seen as particularly effective when learning requires a restructuring of the individual mental models of the students, as in conceptual change. Mental models are by themeselves simulations, and thus simulation models can extend our biological capacity to carry out simulative reasoning. For this reason, recent approaches in cognitive science like embodied cognition and the extended mind hypothesis are also considered in the book.. A conceptual model called the "epistemic simulation cycle is proposed as a blueprint for the comprehension of the cognitive activies involved in simulation-based learning and for instructional design.
    Description / Table of Contents: Foreword; Preface; Acknowledgments; Contents; 1 An Introduction to Simulation for Learning; 1.1…The Simulation Paradox; 1.2…The Epistemic Status of Simulation; 1.3…Not All Simulations are Created Equal; 1.4…Differences Between Simulation and Games; 1.5…What is Simulation?; 1.6…The Need for a Multidisciplinary Approach; 1.6.1 Simulation Paradigm; 1.6.2 Learning Goals; 1.6.3 Curricular Development; 1.6.4 Cognitive Processes; 1.6.5 Epistemic Beliefs; 1.6.6 Activities and Outputs; 1.6.7 Instructional Strategies; 2 Simulation and Cognition; 2.1…Mental Models; 2.2…Mental Models as Simulations
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.3…Simulating Other Minds2.4…Grounding Cognition in Simulation; 2.5…Simulation and Metaphor; 3 Models Everywhere; 3.1…A Concept at the Crossroads of Different Disciplines; 3.2…From Logic to Representation; 3.3…Models and Problem Solving; 3.4…Types of Models; 3.5…The Pragmatic Perspective; 3.6…The Cybernetic Perspective; 3.7…A General Theory of Models; 4 Simulation Modeling; 4.1…From Models to Simulation; 4.2…Computational Models; 4.3…The Modeling and Simulation Process; 4.3.1 Project Description; 4.3.2 Conceptual Model; 4.3.3 Computational Model; 4.3.4 Simulation Program
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.4…Modeling and Simulation Paradigms4.5…Dynamical Systems Modeling; 4.6…From Mechanics to Everything Else; 4.7…Continuum Physics Modeling; 4.8…Molecular Dynamics; 4.9…Compartmental Models; 4.10…Agent-Based Modeling; 4.11…System Dynamics; 4.12…Cellular Modeling and Simulation; 4.13…Comparing Paradigms; 5 Simulation-Based Learning; 5.1…Simulation-Building Versus Simulation-Using; 5.2…The Cognitive Processes Involved in Simulation-Based Learning; 5.3…Simulative Reasoning in Science; 5.4…Model-Based Learning and Teaching; 5.5…Learning by System Modeling; 5.5.1 Computational Model Layer
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.5.2 User Interface Layer5.5.3 Instructional Support; 5.5.4 Complementary Activities; 5.6…A Cognitive Load Perspective; 5.6.1 Pre-Training; 5.6.2 Segmentation; 5.6.3 Sequencing; 5.6.4 Pacing; 5.7…Choosing the Right Mix; 6 Simulations for Thinking; 6.1…Cognitive Partnering; 6.2…Thinking (and Computing) Analogically; 6.3…Simulation and Language; 7 Simulation-Based Instruction; 7.1…Content and Process; 7.2…Crosscutting Concepts; 7.2.1 Patterns; 7.2.2 Cause and Effect: Mechanism and Explanation; 7.2.3 Scale, Proportion, and Quantity; 7.2.4 Systems and System Models
    Description / Table of Contents: 7.2.5 Energy and Matter: Flows, Cycles, and Conservation7.2.6 Structure and Function; 7.2.7 Stability and Change; 7.3…A Grounded Cognition Perspective on Simulation; 7.4…The Epistemic Cycle; AppendixSimulation Resources; References; Index
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 95
    ISBN: 9789400746701
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 233 p. 7 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Law and Philosophy Library 102
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druck-Ausgabe Legal argumentation theory
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Legal argumentation theory
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy of law ; Computers Law and legislation ; Semantics ; Humanities ; Law ; Law ; Philosophy of law ; Computers Law and legislation ; Semantics ; Humanities ; Forensic orations ; Law ; Methodology ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Konferenzschrift ; Rechtsphilosophie ; Interdisziplinäre Forschung
    Abstract: This book offers its readers an overview of recent developments in the theory of legal argumentation written by representatives from various disciplines, including argumentation theory, philosophy of law, logic and artificial intelligence. It presents an overview of contributions representative of different academic and legal cultures, and different continents and countries. The book contains contributions on strategic maneuvering, argumentum ad absurdum, argumentum ad hominem, consequentialist argumentation, weighing and balancing, the relation between legal argumentation and truth, the distinction between the context of discovery and context of justification, and the role of constitutive and regulative rules in legal argumentation. It is based on a selection of papers that were presented in the special workshop on Legal Argumentation organized at the 25th IVR World Congress for Philosophy of Law and Social Philosophy held 15-20 August 2011 in Frankfurt, Germany.
    Description / Table of Contents: Legal Argumentation Theory: Cross-Disciplinary Perspectives; Introduction; Contents; Chapter 1: Reasoning by Consequences: Applying Different Argumentation Structures to the Analysis of Consequentialist Reasoning in Judicial Decisions; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Theories on Consequentialist Reasoning; 1.2.1 MacCormick's Theory; 1.2.2 Wróblewski's Theory; 1.2.3 Feteris' Pragma-Dialectical Proposal; 1.3 Judges on Consequences; 1.4 Conclusions; References; Chapter 2: On the Argumentum ad Absurdum in Statutory Interpretation: Its Uses and Normative Significance; 2.1 Introduction
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.2 The Strictly Logical Sense of the Argumentum ad Absurdum2.3 The Argumentum ad Absurdum as a Special Case of Pragmatic Argument; 2.3.1 The Problem of the Indeterminacy of Pragmatic Arguments and the Distinctive Feature of the ad Absurdum Argument; 2.3.2 The Difference Between the Argumentum ad Absurdum and the Generic Consequentialist Arguments; 2.3.3 The Context of the ad Absurdum Argument; 2.3.4 The Foundation of the Argumentum ad Absurdum; 2.3.4.1 The Nature of the Assumption of the Rational Legislator
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.3.4.2 A Second Thought on the Nature of the ad Absurdum Argument: Absurdity as Unreasonableness2.3.4.3 On the Foundations of the ad Absurdum Argument and the Assumption of the Rational Legislator; 2.3.5 The Practical Requirements of the Pragmatic Version of the ad Absurdum Argument; 2.4 Final Considerations; References; Chapter 3: Why Precedent in Law (and Elsewhere) Is Not Totally (or Even Substantially) About Analogy; 3.1 Analogy as a Friend; 3.2 Precedent as a Foe; 3.3 On the Differences Between Analogy and Precedent; 3.4 Does Precedential Constraint Make Sense?
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.5 Towards a Research Program on PrecedentReferences; Chapter 4: Fallacies in Ad Hominem Arguments; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Definition of Argument Ad Hominem; 4.3 Ad Hominem Fallacies; 4.4 Talking About Errors as Fallacies; 4.5 Conclusions; References; Chapter 5: The Rule of Law and the Ideal of a Critical Discussion; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 The Pragma-Dialectical Approach to Legal Argumentation; 5.2.1 Methodological Starting-Points; 5.2.2 Reasonableness and the Ideal Model of a Critical Discussion; 5.3 The Ideal of the Rule of Law; 5.4 Reconstructing Judicial Standpoints in Legal Decisions
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.4.1 Houtlosser Defines the Speech Act `Advancing a Standpoint' with the following conditions5.5 Conclusion; References; Chapter 6: Strategic Maneuvering with the Argumentative Role of Legal Principles in the Case of the "Unworthy Spouse"; 6.1 Introduction; 6.2 The Case of the `Unworthy Spouse'; 6.3 Dialectical Analysis of the Argumentation of the Supreme Court; 6.4 Dialectical Analysis of the Contributions to the Discussion of the Court of Appeal and the Supreme Court; 6.4.1 Dialectical Analysis of the Contributions of the Court of Appeal
    Description / Table of Contents: 6.4.2 Dialectical Analysis of the Contributions of the Supreme Court
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 96
    ISBN: 9789400777538
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 295 p. 18 illus., 12 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: Multilingual Education 7
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    DDC: 407.1
    RVK:
    Keywords: Sociolinguistics ; Language and languages ; Education ; Familie ; Mehrsprachigkeit
    Abstract: This book presents the forefront of research in the emerging field of family language policy. This is the first volume to explore the link between family language policy, practice and management in the light of state and community language policy in more than 20 ethno-linguistic communities worldwide. Contributions by leading scholars from eight countries and three continents offer insights in how family language policy might be interpreted from various theoretical perspectives, using innovative methodologies. In particular, the authors present novel data on successful family language practices such as faith-related literacy activities and homework sessions, as well as management, including prayer, choice of bilingual education, and links with mainstream and complementary learning, which permit the realization of language ideology within three contexts: immigrant families, inter-marriage families, and minority and majority families in conflict-ridden societies
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 97
    ISBN: 9789400772465
    Language: English
    Pages: vi, 189 Seiten
    Series Statement: Muslims in global societies series volume 7
    Series Statement: Muslims in global societies series
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Hoffmann, Thomas Muslims and the New Information and Communication Technologies
    DDC: 070.4
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Humanities ; Computer science ; Religion (General) ; Anthropology ; Medien ; Social Media ; Internet ; Medienkonsum ; Islam ; Muslim ; Technischer Fortschritt ; Auswirkung ; Islamische Staaten ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Islamische Staaten ; Islam ; Neue Medien ; Medien ; Muslim ; Medien
    Abstract: This volume deals with the so-called new Information and Communication Technologies (ICT) and their interrelationship with Muslims and the interpretation of Islam. This volume taps into what has been labelled Media Studies 2.0, which has been characterized by an intensified focus on everyday meanings and ‘lay’ users - in contrast to earlier emphases on experts or self-acclaimed experts. This lay adoption of ICT and the subsequent digital ‘literacy’ is not least noticeable among Muslim communities. According to some global estimates, one in ten internet users is a Muslim. This volume offers an ethnography of ICT in Muslim communities. The contributors to this volume also demonstrate a new kind of moderation with regard to more sweeping and avant-gardistic claims, which have characterized the study of ICT previously. This moderation has been combined with a keen attention to the empirical material but also deliberations on new quantitative and qualitative approaches to ICT, Muslims and Islam, for instance the digital challenges and changes wrought on the Qur’an, Islam’s sacred scripture. As such this volume will also be relevant for people interested in the study of ICT and the blooming field of digital humanities. Scholars of Islam and the Islamic world have always be engaged and entangled in their object of study. The developments within ICT have also affected how scholars take part in and influence public Islamic and academic discussions. This complicated issue provides basis for a number of meta-reflexive studies in this volume. It will be essential for students and scholars within Islamic studies but will also be of interest for anthropologists, sociologists and others with a humanistic interest in ICT, religion and Islam
    Description / Table of Contents: PART I INTRODUCTION. - Muslims and the New Information and Communication Technologies: Notes from an Emerging and Infinite Field - An Introduction -- 3. - Thomas Hoffmann and Goran Larsson. - PART II EVERYDAY MEANINGS AND 'LAY' USERS. - Muslims on StudiVZ.de: An Empirical Perspective on Religious Affiliation and National Belonging in Times of Web 2.0 -- 15. - Daniela Schlicht. - A "Virtual Club" of Lithuanian Converts to Islam -- 31. - Egdunas Racius. - Islam Online Guides Spouses Towards Marital Bliss: Arabic vs. English Counselling Perspectives on Marital Communication -- 49. - Mona Abdel-Fadil. - Pop Culture and Class Distinction in Lebanon -- 73. - Sune Haugbolle. - PART III QUALITATIVE RESEARCH TECHNIQUES AND METHODOLOGICAL ISSUES. - ITZ BIDAH BRO!!!!! GT ME?? - YouTube Mawlid and Voices of Praise and Blame -- 89. - Jonas Svensson. - The Qur'an on the Internet: Implications and Future Possibilities -- 113. - Andrew Rippin. - PART IV NARRATIVES OF INCLUSION AND EXCLUSION. - "Little Mosque on the
    Note: Literaturangabe , Hier auch später erschienene, unveränderte Nachdrucke
    URL: Cover
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 98
    ISBN: 9789400714656 , 9400714653
    Language: English
    Pages: XXVI, 753 Seiten , Illustrationen , 25 cm
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Bekerman, Zvi, 1950 - International Handbook of Migration, Minorities and Education
    DDC: 371.82
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Minorities Education ; Immigrants Education ; Educational sociology ; Minorities ; Education ; Immigrants ; Education ; Educational sociology ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Migration ; Nationale Minderheit ; Lernen ; Kulturvergleich
    Note: Enthält 47 Beiträge , Literaturangaben
    URL: Cover
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 99
    Book
    Book
    New York, NY : Springer New York
    ISBN: 9781441996657 , 9781461429012
    Language: English
    Pages: 313 S. , Ill., graph. Darst., Kt.
    Series Statement: One World Archaeology
    Parallel Title: Online-Ausg. Myers, Adrian Archaeologies of Internment
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Humanities ; Archaeology ; Social Sciences ; Archaeology Case studies ; Archaeology and history ; Material culture ; Concentration camps ; Prisoner-of-war camps ; Imprisonment Social aspects ; War and society ; Kriegsgefangenenlager ; Archäologie ; Geschichte 1890-1990
    Note: Hier auch später erschienene, unveränderte Nachdrucke
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 100
    ISBN: 9781441955296
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XI, 221p. 20 illus., 10 illus. in color, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.:
    DDC: 301
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Humanities ; Anthropology ; Social Sciences ; Anthropology ; Humanities ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
Close ⊗
This website uses cookies and the analysis tool Matomo. More information can be found here...